Rewari Kanpur Pipeline Project Bid Document for Supply o

Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Ltd.
(A Government of India Enterprise)
Rewari Kanpur Pipeline Project
Bid Document for Supply of Ball
Valves( Manual & Motor Operated for
Rewari)
Tender No.: 13000022-HD-10129
Prepared and issued by:
WorleyParsons Sea India Pvt. Ltd,
Raheja Plaza First Floor,
LBS Marg, Ghatkopar (W),
Mumbai – 400086,
India
Tel: 91-22-67818000 Fax:91-22-67818080
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 1 of 131

CHAPTERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION
1 REQUEST FOR QUOTATION INCLUDING CUT-OUT SLIPS
2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3 GENERAL PURCHASE CONDITIONS
4 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE
5 PRICE SCHEDULE
6 DELIVERY SCHEDULE
7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
8 PROFORMA, ANNEXURES & APPENDIX-1 FOR UN-PRICED BID
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 2 of 131

Chapter – 1
Request for Quotation RFQ with Cut-out slips
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 3 of 131

REQUEST FOR QUOTATION (RFQ)
INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC COMPETITIVE BIDDING
DOCUMENT NO. 13000022-HD-10129
WORLEYPARSONS Limited, (hereinafter referred as CONSULTANT) on behalf of M/s Hindustan
Petroleum Corporation Limited (HPCL) (hereinafter referred as OWNER), invites sealed bids
under two bid system from Suppliers for procurement of Ball Valves for RKPL PIPELINE Project.
1.0 BRIEF DETAILS OF BID DOCUMENT:
i. a)Type of Tender
b)Mode of Tendering
ii. Bid Document No. ( to be referred in
all future correspondence)
iii. Bid Document on Website (s)
iv. Bid Submission Due Date & Time
INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC
COMPETITIVE BIDDING
Manual Global
13000022-HD-10129
Bidding documents can be
viewed and downloaded from
HPCL OR WorleyParsons
websites. Downloaded bid can be
submitted in hard copies along
with Fee and other documents as
per the provisions of Tender
documents.
sites
www.hindustanpetroleum.com or
http://www.worleyparsons.com/mu
mbaitender
Up to 15.00 Hrs.(IST) On
14.06.2013
v. Unpriced Bid Opening Date & Time At 17.00 Hrs.(IST) on 14.06.2013
Venue:
WorleyParsons Sea India Pvt.
Ltd, Raheja Plaza First Floor,
LBS Marg , Ghatkopar (W),
Mumbai – 400086,Maharashtra,
India
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 4 of 131

vi.
Vii
Viii
ix.
x.
xi.
Bid Document Fee (Non-Refundable) For Indian Bidders : Rs. 10,000 /-
in the form of crossed Demand Draft
in favour of Hindustan Petroleum (Rupees TenThousand Only)
Corporation Limited (HPCL), payable
For Foreign Bidders :USD 200
at Delhi ( Refer clause 12 of ITB)
(US dollar Two Hundred only)
Sale of Bid Document From 17.05.2013 @ 1000Hrs .(IST)
to 12.06.2013 @ 1500 Hrs (IST)
Pre-bid Meeting
NOT APPLICABLE
Last date for receipt of bidders queries Up to 1700 Hrs on 03.06.2013
(Date shall be 10 days before bid
due date)
Price Bid Opening Date & time shall be intimated to
techno-commercially accepted
bidders only at a later stage before
price bid opening.
Basis of Evaluation Refer clause 11.9 & 14.2 of ITB.
xii. Bid Security Refer clause no. 3.0 of RFQ
xiii. Bid Validity 120 days; for details refer clause 5.0
of ITB. Annexure-3 , 9 of Chapter 8
xiv. Delivery Period Refer chapter 6 for details.
xv. Concessional “C” Form (applicable to No C form shall be provided by
Indian bidder only).
HPCL; for details refer clause
3.9.1.10 of SCP & Preamble to
SOR; clause no. 14.6 A ii) of ITB &
point no. 10.3 (i) of ATC
xvi. Integrity pact Refer cl. 21 of ITB.
xvii. Request for extension of bid due date Refer clause no. 4.3 of ITB.
Note: If the particular day is happens to be a declared holiday in WORLEYPARSONS/HPCL, Delhi
and the next working day shall be considered.
1.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
Design, Engineering, manufacture, testing , packing and supply of the Ball Valves as per
specifications mentioned in the Material Requisition (MR),
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 5 of 131

2. 0 BIDDER QUALIFICATION CRITERIA (BQC) –
2.1 FINANCIAL:
2.1.1 Average Annual financial turnover:
Location
Bidder shall be required to meet the criteria as stated below:
Indian Bidder Foreign Bidder
Average Annual financial turnover
during the last 3 years, ending 31st
March 2012, should be at least Rs. In
INR
Average Annual financial turnover
during the last 3 years, should be at least
US
Dollars (in Thousands)
Rewari 38.0 lakhs 71.00
2.1.2 Net Worth (For all Items)
Net worth of the bidder for financial year ending 31 st March 2012* should be positive.
However it will not be applicable for PSUs approved by HPCL.
Note: (*): In case Bidders’ financial statements are audited in calendar year,
bidder’s Average Annual financial turnover during the last 3 years, ending Dec,
2012 shall be checked against criteria stated at clause no. 2.1.1 above & Net worth
ending Dec, 2012 against criteria stated at clause no. 2.1.2 above.
2.2 TECHNICAL
2.2.1 PROVEN EXPERIENCE OF SUPPLY
Bidder shall be a reputed manufacturer of motorised valves (Ball valves) and
shall have proven track record of having successfully designed, manufactured,
assembled, tested, supplied and commissioned at least 2 nos of ball valves of
18” dia and 600 class from the proposed manufacturing plant for hydrocarbon
applications during last 7-year reckoned from 30.04.2013.
2.2.2 The bidder or its proposed supplier of actuator to be installed on valves should have
designed , manufactured , assembled, tested, supplied and commissioned atleast 2-nos
of actuators of equal or higher in rating from the proposed manufacturing plant during
last 7-years reckoned from 30.04.2013.
2.2.3 VALID LICENSES: The vendor should be having valid License/certificate to use
official API-6D monogram on the Ball Valves. Vendor to submit relevant valid certificates
in support. In case of expiry at a later date, the same has to be renewed for the entire
contractual period.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 6 of 131

2.2.4 Bidders shall have experience of having successfully carried out and completed
similar work during the last 7 years reckoned from 30.04.2013, as per either of the
following for respective Part(s):
Location
I.
One (1) similar(*)
completed works
each costing not
less
than the following
amount:
Indian
Bidder
Rs.
(Lakhs)
Foreign
Bidder
US Dollars
OR
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 7 of 131
II.
Two (2) similar(*)
completed works each
costing not less than
the following amount:
Indian
Bidder Rs.
(Lakhs)
Foreign
Bidder
US Dollars
OR
III.
Three (3) similar(*)
completed works each
costing not less than
the following amount:
Indian
Bidder Rs.
(Lakhs)
Foreign
Bidder
US Dollars
Rewari 102 191000 64 119000 51 95000
Definition of Similar Work: The vendor should have successfully Manufactured
and Supplied Motor Operated Ball Valves
.
2.3 WHO CAN BID: Parties who are affiliates of one another can decide which Affiliate
will make a bid. Only one affiliate may submit a bid. Two or more affiliates are not
permitted to make separate bids directly or indirectly. If 2 or more affiliates submit a bid,
then any one or all of them are liable for disqualification. However up to 3 affiliates may
make a joint bid as a consortium, and in which case the conditions applicable to a
consortium shall apply to them. “Affiliate” of a Party shall mean any Company or legal
entity which:
(a) Controls either directly or indirectly a Party, or
(b) Which is controlled directly or indirectly by a Party; or
(c) Is directly or indirectly controlled by a Company, legal entity or partnership
which directly or indirectly controls a Party. “Control” means actual control or
ownership of at least a 50% voting or other controlling interest that gives the
power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and material,
business decisions of the controlled entity.
2.3.1 Bids may be submitted by:
(a) A single person/ entity (called sole bidder);
(b) A newly formed incorporated joint venture (JV) which has not completed 3
financial years from the date of commencement of business.
(c) A consortium (including an unincorporated JV) having a maximum of 3 (three)
members
(d) An Indian arm of a foreign company.
2.3.2 Fulfilment of Eligibility criteria and certain additional conditions in respect of each of
the above 4 types of bidders are stated below, respectively:

(a) The sole bidder (including an incorporated JV which has completed 3
financial years after date of commencement of business) shall fulfil each
eligibility criteria.
(b) In case the bidder is a newly formed and incorporated joint venture and which has
not completed three financial years from the date of commencement of business,
then either the said JV shall fulfill each eligibility criteria or any one constituent
member/ promoter of such a JV shall fulfill each eligibility criteria. If the bid is
received with the proposal that one constituent member/ promoter fulfils each
eligibility criteria, then this member/promoter shall be clearly identified and he/it
shall assume all obligations under the contract and provide such comfort
letter/guarantees as may be required by HPCL. The guarantees shall cover inter
alia the commitment of the member/ promoter to complete the entire work in all
respects and in a timely fashion, being bound by all the obligations under the
contract, an undertaking to provide all necessary technical and financial
support to the JV to ensure completion of the contract when awarded, an
undertaking not to withdraw from the JV till completion of the work, etc.
(c) In case the bidder(s) is/are a consortium (including an unincorporated JV), then
the following conditions shall apply:
1) Each member in a consortium may only be a legal entity and not an
individual person.
2) The Bid shall specifically identify and describe each member of the
consortium;
3) The consortium member descriptions shall indicate what type of legal
entity the member is and its jurisdiction of incorporation (or of
establishment as a legal entity other than as a corporation) and
provide evidence by a copy of the articles of incorporation (or
equivalent documents);
4) One participant member of the consortium shall be identified as the
“Prime member” and contracting entity for the consortium;
5) This prime member shall be solely responsible for all aspects of the Bid/
Proposal including the execution of all tasks and performance of all
consortium obligations;
6) The prime member shall fulfill each eligibility criteria;
7) A commitment shall be given from each of the consortium members in
the form of a letter signed by a duly authorized officer clearly
identifying the role of the member in the Bid and the member’s
commitment to perform all relevant tasks and obligations in support of
the Prime/lead member of the Consortium and a commitment not to
withdraw from the consortium;
8) No change shall be permitted in the number, nature or share holding
pattern of the Consortium members after pre-qualification, without the
prior written permission of the HPCL.
9) No change in project plans, timetables or pricing will be permitted as a
consequence of any withdrawal or failure to perform by a consortium
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 8 of 131

member;
10) No consortium member shall hold less than 25% stake in a
consortium;
11) Entities which are affiliates of one another are allowed to bid either as
a sole bidder or as a consortium only;
12) Any person or entity can bid either singly or as a member of only one
consortium.
(d) In case the bidder is an Indian arm (subsidiary, authorized agent, branch
office or affiliate) of a foreign bidder, then the foreign bidder shall have to fulfill
each eligibility criteria. If such foreign company desires that the contract be
entered into with the Indian arm, then a proper back to back continuing
(parent company) guarantee shall be provided by the foreign company clearly
stating that in case of any failure of any supply or performance of the
equipment, machinery, material or plant or completion of the work in all
respects and as per the warranties/ guarantees that may have been given,
then the foreign company shall assume all obligations under the contract.
Towards this purpose, it shall provide such comfort letter/guarantees as may
be required by HPCL. The guarantees shall cover inter alia the commitment
of the foreign company to complete the entire work in all respects and in a
timely fashion, being bound by all the obligations under the contract, an
undertaking to provide all necessary technical and financial support to the
Indian arm or to render the same themselves so as to ensure completion of
the contract when awarded, an undertaking not to withdraw from the contract
till completion of the work, etc.
2.4 INFORMATION/DOCUMENTS REQUIRED ALONG WITH BID
2.4.1 Technical: Bidder shall furnish documentary evidence of his meeting the
requirements of clause 2.2.1 to 2.2.5 along with the bid such as copies of
purchase order together with inspection release note/Completion certificate/ end
user certificate (having cross reference to the P.O.) of relevant previous
supplies, Copies of valid API licence, details of agencies providing after sales
support in India or an undertaking of setting up maintenance & service base in
India as required.
2.4.2 Financial: Audited Annual reports including Balance sheet & Profit & Loss
accounts statement for the preceding three financial years as required under
clause no. 2.1.1 & 2.1.2.
In case of Foreign bidder, if the required documents for establishing the
qualification criteria, such as duly audited Balance Sheet, Annual Reports,
Purchase Order, Completion certificate etc., are not in English language, then the
English translation copy of the same shall be furnished duly certified, stamped and
signed by Local Chamber of Commerce of Bidder’s country along with the original
Balance Sheet, Annual report, Purchase Orders, Completion Certificate etc. with the
unpriced bid.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 9 of 131

However, for member countries of Hague Convention 1961, supporting document
pertaining to pre-qualification criteria certified by “Apostille” of Bidders country shall
also be acceptable. In the absence of requisite documents Owner / Consultant
reserves the right to carry out evaluation on the basis of the documents submitted
by the bidder
Note:
i) Bids are only acceptable from Manufacturer.
ii) The foreign suppliers shall submit their quotations directly & not through the Indian
representative. In case any other services of Indian representative are considered by the
bidder, It will be necessary for the foreign bidder to identify and disclose alongwith copy
of the agreement, the Indian representative, while responding to the tender.
iii) In the event of any breach or default on the part of the foreign supplier to disclose the
agency arrangements in India, there would be a penalty of banning business dealings
and also payment of specified sum.
3. 0 Bid Security:
3.1 Amount of Bid Security shall be as per following:-
Location
Bid Security Requirement
Indian Bidder (Rs.) Foreign Bidder (US Dollars)
Rewari 2.5 lakhs 4600.00
Note: i) Public Sector Enterprises and Small scale industries (Registered with
NSIC) are exempted from submission of Bid Security. However to claim
the exemption Public Sector Enterprises shall submit a declaration as per
attached format ( Annexure – 13 of Chapter 8) on their letter head and Small
Scale Industries shall submit valid copy of NSIC Registration Certificate
3.1.1 The bid security/EMD is required to protect the Owner against the risk of Bidder’s
conduct, which would warrant the security’s forfeiture.
EMD shall be accepted in the form of demand draft/ pay order, banker’s cheque (in
favour of Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Ltd, payable at Delhi), issued by any
scheduled bank other than cooperative bank or in the form of Irrevocable Bank
Guarantee issued by any Scheduled Bank other than cooperative bank in case of
Indian Bidder and, in case of foreign bidder in the form of demand draft/ pay order,
banker’s cheque (in favour of Hindustan petroleum Corporation Ltd, payable at Delhi)
issued by any reputed international bank or in the form of Irrevocable bank
guarantee from any reputed international bank with bank guarantee to
be confirmed by a scheduled bank other than co-operative bank located in
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 10 of 131

India.
In case EMD is submitted in the form of Bank Guarantee by Indian Bidder, it should
be made on non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value (denomination) and should
be valid for SIX (6) months from due date / extended due date of the tender (in the
format at Annexure - 4 of Chapter-8), however, demand draft / pay order/ Banker’s
Cheque may be valid for three months for Indian as well as foreign bidders.
EMD in any other form shall be treated as offer without EMD and shall not be
acceptable.
3.1.2 EMD (original instrument: DD/Pay order/ Banker’s Cheque OR Bank Guarantee)/
EMD exemption document should be kept in separate envelope (super-scribed with
tender number, job & due date) and should be deposited by tender due date and
time, in the tender box provided in the office of WorleyParsons Sea India Pvt. Ltd,
Procurement Dept Raheja Plaza First Floor, LBS Marg , Ghatkopar (W),
Mumbai – 400086, India Tel: 91-22-67818000 Fax: 91-22-67818080.
3.1.3 In case the EMD (original instrument) is not deposited in the tender box (as
mentioned above) by tender due date and time, the offer of bidder shall be
rejected.
Owner / Consultant shall not be responsible for any postal delays or non-receipt of
EMD by tender due date and time, reasons whatsoever.
3.1.4 Bidders are suggested to advise their BANKS not to post Bank Guarantee/or any
other EMD /Bid security document directly to HPCL, as the Bid Security/EMD is to be
submitted as detailed above. However, In case EMD is sent directly by the bankers to
the tender box it should be sent in an envelope superscribed as Envelope – 1 and
bearing tender number. In case of non-receipt of the Original Bank Guarantee by the
tender due date and time, the bid shall be rejected.
3.1.5 The EMD shall be held interest free and no bank charges shall be payable by Owner /
Consultant towards the EMD submitted by the bidders.
“Tenders received without Earnest Money Deposit will be rejected.”
3.2 EMD FORFEITURE (In case EMD is applicable) AND FURTHER ACTION AS PER
CORPORATION’S (HPCL) POLICY:-
EMD submitted by the bidder for subject tender shall be forfeited in following cases:-
I. Withdrawal of bid in between the deadline for submission of bids and the
expiration of the period of bid validity specified by the bidder (To be read
in conjunction with clause no. 6.3 of ITB).
II. Unsolicited post bid modification (To be read in conjunction with clause
no. 11.4 of ITB).
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 11 of 131

III. Price changes against technical/commercial clarification, if any, in line with
terms & conditions of enquiry documents are not allowed. (To be read in
conjunction with clause no. 1 1.4b) of ITB)
IV. Where based on workability assessment by authority(HPCL), the vendor's
bid is found non-workable as per clause 16.2 of ITB
V. Conditional Price Bids.
VI. Non –Withdrawal (by evaluated lowest bidder) of deviations mentioned
elsewhere other than deviation sheet. (To be read in conjunction with
clause no. 24 of ITB)
VII. Any new deviation stipulated after tender due date (To be read in
conjunction with point no. 24 iv of ITB)
VIII. Unsolicited Post Bid Revision in Taxes & Duties.
IX. Violation of Integrity Pact
DISCLAIMER: - Besides above, Owner/Consultant reserves the right to forfeit the EMD of
bidder (In case EMD is applicable) and take further action as per
corporation’s (HPCL’s) policy in case bidder deviates from his submitted
offer/adopt unfair practice.
3..3 REFUND OF BID SECURITY / EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT
Unsuccessful Bidder’s bid security will be discharged/returned as promptly as
possible but not later than 60 days after the expiry of the period of bid validity
prescribed by the Owner.
The successful Bidder’s bid security will be discharged upon the Bidder’s accepting
the Contract/ Purchase Order, and furnishing the requisite bank guarantee / security
Deposit in line with the tender terms and conditions.
4.0 DELIVERY SCHEDULE:
Please refer Chapter-6
5.0 PRE-BID MEETING: DELETED
6 . 0 General
6.1 Bidder to note that complete Tender Document has been web uploaded at
https://www.hindustanpetroleum.com and at
www.worleyparsons.com/MumbaiTenders website for viewing / downloading, however,
bids shall be submitted at WORLEYPARSONS , Mumbai in physical form only.
6.2 No extension in the bid due date shall be considered on account of delay in receipt of
bid document by mail.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 12 of 131

6.3 Bid Document is non-transferable. Bids received from bidders in whose name bid
document has been issued shall only be considered.
6. 4 OWNER/CONSULTANT will not be responsible for cost incurred in preparation and
delivery of bids, regardless of the conduct of outcome of the bidding process.
6. 5 OWNER/CONSULTANT reserves the right to extend price / purchase preference as
per the prevailing guidelines of Government of India.
6. 6 OWNER/ CONSULTANT reserves the right to accept any tender in whole or in part
or reject any or all tenders without assigning any reason. HPCL reserves right to
accept any or more tenders in part. Decision of OWNER/CONSULTANT in this
regard shall be final and binding on the bidder.
6. 7 OWNER/ CONSULTANT will not be responsible for delay due to any reason
including Postal delays in receiving the hard copies of documents as
specified in the tender from Bidders.
6. 8 Bids received after stipulated due date and time, due to any reasons whatsoever
including postal delays, will not be considered.
6. 9 Offer shall be on the hard copy of tender sent by WP to the bidder.
6.10 Bids sent through Fax/ E-mail / Computer Floppy shall not be accepted.
6.11 Time & Date of opening of Price Bids shall be intimated only to qualified and techno
commercially acceptable bidder(s) at a later date. Incomplete offers shall not be
considered for evaluation.
6.12 Each bidder shall submit only one offer in compliance with the requirements of the
bidding document, including the basic technical design as indicated in the drawing
and specifications. Alternatives will not be considered. Submission of more than one
bid for one package will cause all the proposals with the bidder’s participation to be
disqualified.
6.14 In case, bidder submits the copy of PO having PO values in the currency other than
USD , then the same shall be converted in USD/INR as per procedure given at
clause no.14.5 of ITB.
6.15 Bidder shall send duly filled in “Acknowledgement Cum Consent letter” through
return fax to, Manager- Procurement & Contracts, WorleyParsons Sea India Pvt.
6.16 TENDER FEES:
Bid Document (non-transferable) can be purchased from Lead Engineer – II, Procurement,
Worley Parsons Sea India Pvt. Ltd, Raheja Plaza First Floor, LBS Marg , Ghatkopar (W),
Mumbai – 400086, India Tel: 91-22-67818000 Fax:91-22-67818080. on any working day as
defined above from 1000 hours to 1600 hours against a written request and payment of
requisite document fee by Crossed Bank Draft from a first class International Bank or an
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 13 of 131

Indian Nationalized /scheduled Bank (other than Co operative bank), in favor of Hindustan
Petroleum Corporation Limited, payable at Delhi. If any of the day identified above happen to
be holiday, the next working day shall be implied. Bidder can download the Bid Document
from HPCL’s website http://www.hindustanpetroleum.com or Worley Parson’swebsite
www.worleyparsons.com/MumbaiTenders In case bidder opts to quote on the basis of such
downloaded document from website, the bidder shall enclose the requisite bid document
fee by crossed bank draft as explained above, along with the bid. Bidder shall intimate in
writing his intent to participate after downloading the document.
Tender fee shall be non refundable.
Units registered under NSIC are also entitled to exemption from payment of fee for tender
documents and security deposit for performance upto monetary limits specified in the
NSIC certificate.
7.0 Grievance Redressal Mechanism:
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited (HPCL) has developed a “Grievance
Redressal Mechanism” to deal with references / grievances if any that are received
from parties who participated / intend to participate in the Corporation Tenders. The
details of the same are available on HPCL’s website www.hindustanpetroleum.com
8.0 A firm which is not a PSU or an associate or a joint venture of a PSU and which
has been engaged to provide goods or works for a project and any of its affiliates will be
disqualified from providing consultancy services for the same project. Conversely, a
firm which is not a PSU or an associate or a joint venture of a PSU, hired to provide
consultancy services for the preparation or implementation of a project, and any of its
affiliates, will be disqualified from subsequently providing goods or works or services
related to the initial assignment for the same project.
Consultants or any of their affiliates who are not PSUs or an associate or a joint
venture of a PSU will not be hired for any assignment, which by its nature, may be
in conflict with another assignment of the consultants.
The above clauses, however, will not be applicable to a firm engaged in preparation
of Detailed Feasibility Report (DFR) but will apply to an EPC (Engineering
Procurement Contractor) or PMC (Project Management Consultant)
If a bidder submits his bid, qualifies and does not get the Contract because of his
being not the lowest evaluated bid, he will be prohibited from working as a
subcontractor for the contractor who is executing the Contract.
Manager-Procurement & Contracts,
WorleyParsons Sea India Pvt. Ltd,
Raheja Plaza First Floor, LBS Marg ,
Ghatkopar (W),
Mumbai – 400086, India
Tel: 91-22-67818000
Fax:91-22-67818080.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 14 of 131

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT CUM CONSENT LETTER
(On receipt of tender document/ information regarding the tender, bidder shall acknowledge
the receipt and confirm his intention to bid or reasons for non-participation against the
enquiry/ tender through e-mail/ fax to concerned executive in WORLEYPARSONS issued the
tender, by filling up the format)
To,
Sunil Kumar Upadhyay
Manager- Procurement & Contracts, Worley Parsons Sea India Pvt. Ltd,
Raheja Plaza First Floor, LBS Marg, Ghatkopar (W),
Mumbai – 400086, India Tel: 91-22-67818000 Fax: 91-22-67818080.
Sub.: Tender No. ..................................................... dated ....................... for
.......................................... (Name of Item/ Job)
Dear Sir,
We hereby acknowledge receipt of a complete set of bidding document alongwith enclosures for
subject item/ job and / or the information regarding the subject tender.
We intend to bid as requested for the subject item/ job and furnish following details
with respect to our quoting office:-
Postal Address with Pin Code :
Telephone Number :
Fax Number :
Contact Person :
Date :
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 15 of 131

Seal / Stamp :
We are unable to bid for the reasons given below:-
Reasons for non submission of bid
Agency Name :
Signature :
Name :
Designation :
Date :
Seal / Stamp :
Note : Bidder shall send duly filled in “Acknowledgement Cum Consent letter”
through return fax or latest by within 7 days of date of issue to Manager-Procurement
& Contracts), WORLEYPARSONS, Mumbai.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 16 of 131

CUT-OUT SLIP
DO NOT OPEN- THIS IS A QUOTATION
(Envelope No 1 - BID SECURITY & TENDER FEE Part I)
Client : Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited
Project : Rewari Kanpur Pipeline Project
Bid Document No. : 13000022-HD-10129
Item : Ball Valves for Rewari
Bid Due date & Time : Upto - 15.00 HRS. (IST) on 14.06.2013.
From : To :
Manager- Procurement & Contracts
WorleyParsons Sea India Private Limited
Raheja Plaza , First Floor, LBS Marg ,
Ghatkopar (W),
Mumbai – 400086, India
(To be pasted on the outer envelope containing bid security & tender
fee)
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 17 of 131

CUT-OUT SLIP
DO NOT OPEN- THIS IS A QUOTATION
(Envelope No 2 – Unpriced bids Part-II)
Client : Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited
Project : Rewari Kanpur Pipeline Project
Bid Document No. : 13000022-HD-10129
Item : Ball Valves for Rewari
Bid Due date & Time : Upto - 15.00 HRS. (IST) on 14.06.2013.
From : To :
Manager- Procurement & Contracts
WorleyParsons Sea India Private Limited
Raheja Plaza , First Floor, LBS Marg ,
Ghatkopar (W),
Mumbai – 400086, India
(To be pasted on the outer envelope containing Unpriced bids)
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 18 of 131

CUT-OUT SLIP
DO NOT OPEN- THIS IS A QUOTATION
(Envelope No. “3”- PRICED BID PART-III)
Client : Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited
Project : Rewari Kanpur Pipeline Project
Bid Document No. : 13000022-HD-10129
Item : Ball Valves for Rewari
Bid Due date & Time : Upto - 15.00 HRS. (IST) on 14.06.2013.
From : To :
Manager- Procurement & Contracts
WorleyParsons Sea India Private Limited
Raheja Plaza , First Floor, LBS Marg ,
Ghatkopar (W),
Mumbai – 400086, India
(To be pasted on the outer envelope containing - Priced bid)
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 19 of 131

QUOTATION AGAINST TENDER ENQUIRY
(Envelope containing Envelope 1, 2 & 3)
Client : Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited
Project : Rewari Kanpur Pipeline Project
Bid Document No. : 13000022-HD-10129
Item : Ball Valves for Rewari
Bid Due date & Time : Upto - 15.00 HRS. (IST) on 14.06.2013.
From : To :
Manager- Procurement & Contracts
WorleyParsons Sea India Private Limited
Raheja Plaza , First Floor, LBS Marg ,
Ghatkopar (W),
Mumbai – 400086, India
(To be pasted on the outer envelope containing Unpriced bid, bid
security & priced bids)
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 20 of 131

CHAPTER-2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 21 of 131

INDEX
ARTICLE
SR. NO.
DESCRIPTION
1. 0 COST OF BIDDING
2.0 BID DOCUMENT
3.0 LANGUAGE OF BID
4.0 BID DUE DATE & TIME
5.0 PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF BIDS
6. 0 MODIFICATION & WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
7.0 BID PARTS / SEALING & MARKING OF BID
8.0 DOCUMENTS COMPRISING OF THE BIDS
9.0 BID
10. 0 OPENING OF BIDS
11.0 EVALUATION OF BIDS
12. 0 REJECTION CRITERIA
13. 0 VOID
14. 0 COMPARISON OF BID
15. 0 CONTACTING THE OWNER/CONSULTANT
16. 0 AWARD CRITERIA
17. 0 OWNER’S/CONSULTANT’S RIGHT TO ACCEPT ANY BID AND TO
REJECT ANY OR ALL BIDS
18. 0 NOTIFICATION OF AWARD
19.0 ISSUE OF ORDER
20.0 LATE BIDS
21.0 INTEGRITY PACT
22.0 REBATE
23.0 APPOINTMENT OF WORLEYPARSONS BY OWNER (HPCL)
24.0 DEVIATIONS TO TENDER TERMS
25.0 FOREIGN BIDDER CONDITION
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 22 of 131

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)
1. 0 COST OF BIDDING
The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of the bid,
including the costs & expenses for visiting site(s). OWNER/CONSULTANT will in no
case, be responsible or liable for these costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the
bidding process.
2.0 BID DOCUMENT
2. 1 The bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and
specifications in the bid document. The Invitation for Bids together with all its
attachments thereto, shall be considered to be read, understood and accepted by the
bidder, unless deviations are specifically stated seriatim by the bidder. Failure
to furnish all information required by the bid document or submission of a bid not
substantially responsive to the bid documents in every respect will be at bidder’s risk and
may result in the rejection of his bid.
2.2 The bidder's scope of supplies as specified in the Material Requisition/technical
Specifications shall be in strict compliance with the scope detailed therein and in the bid
document.
3.0 LANGUAGE OF BID
The bid prepared by the Bidder and all correspondence/ drawings and documents
relating to the bid exchanged by Bidder and the Owner/Consultant shall be written in
HINDI / ENGLISH language, provided that any printed literature furnished by the Bidder
may be written in another language so long as accompanied by an ENGLISH translation,
in which case, for the purpose of interpretation of the bid, the ENGLISH translation shall
govern.
In the event of submission of any document/ certificate by the Bidder in a language
other than English, the English translation of the same duly authenticated by
Chamber of Commerce of Bidder’s country shall be submitted by the Bidder
4. 0 BID DUE DATE AND TIME
4.1 Bids must be received by the WORLEYPARSONS at the address specified in the
Request for Quotation (RFQ) not later than the date and time specified in the Bid
Document.
4.2 The Owner/WORLEYPARSONS may, at its discretion, on giving reasonable
notice by letter/fax/e-mail, or any written communication to all prospective Bidders who
have been issued the bid documents, extend the bid due date, in which case all rights and
obligations of the Owner and the Bidders, previously subject to the bid due date, shall
thereafter be subject to the new bid due date as extended.
4.3 Request for extension of tender submission due date, if any, shall be considered
at the sole discretion of HPCL / WORLEYPARSONS , however, request for extension
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 23 of 131

eceived within three (3) days of tender submission due date /time shall not be
considered.
4.4 AMENDMENT OF BID DOCUMENT
At any time prior to the bid due date, the Owner/ Consultant may, for any reason, whether
at its own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a prospective Bidder,
modify the Bid Document.
The amendment will be notified in writing to all prospective Bidders who have been
issued the Bid Document and will be binding on them.
In order to afford prospective Bidder, reasonable time in which to take the
amendment into account in preparing their bids, the Owner/ Consultant may, at its
discretion, extend the bid due date.
5.0 PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF BIDS:
5. 1 Bids shall be kept valid for 120 days from the final bid due date. A bid valid for
shorter period shall be rejected as per clause 12.0 (Rejection Criteria) of Chapter – 2
(Instructions to Bidders). The bidder shall not be entitled during the said period of 120
days, without the consent in writing of the Owner / Consultant to revoke or cancel its bid
or to vary the bid given or any term thereof. In case of bidder revoking or cancelling its
bid without the consent of the Owner in writing, the Owner shall forfeit the Bid Security
furnished by Bidder.
5.2 Notwithstanding above, the Owner may solicit the Bidder’s consent to an
extension of the period of bid validity. The request and the responses thereto shall be
made in writing or through any other means of communication decided by the owner.
The bid security/EMD shall also be accordingly extended by the bidder at no extra cost
to the owner.
6. 0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
6. 1 The Bidder may modify or withdraw his bid after the bid’s submission, provided
that the modification/ withdrawal notice is received by the Owner / Consultant prior to
the bid due date & time.
The Bidder’s modification or withdrawal notice shall be prepared, sealed, marked and
despatched in accordance with the provisions of bid document. A withdrawal
notice may also be sent by Cable or Telefax or e-mail but must be followed by a signed
confirmation copy dated not later than the deadline for submission of bids.
6.2 No bid shall be modified subsequent to the due date & time or extension, if any,
for submission of bids. Bidder(s) to note that unsolicited price changes (including
changes in taxes, duties mentioned & their applicability) after submission of bid
shall not be allowed. In case any bidder gives unsolicited revised prices/price
implication, his bid shall be rejected and EMD/ Bid security submitted by the bidder shall be
forfeited, however, any unilateral rebate shall be dealt as per clause no. 22 of ITB.
6.3 No bid shall be allowed to be withdrawn in the interval between the deadline for
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 24 of 131

submission of bids and the expiration of the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder.
Withdrawal of a bid during this interval shall result in the forfeiture of Bidder’s EMD/Bid
security and further action as per corporation (HPCL) policy.
6.4 No new deviation will be received/ accepted from bidder after bid due date &
time. Incase bidder submits new deviation, his bid will be rejected. At the sole discretion
of the owner bidder may be given opportunity to withdraw the deviation and in case the
same is not withdrawn by the bidder, the offer of the bidder shall be rejected & EMD/ Bid
security submitted by the bidder shall be forfeited.
7.0 BID PARTS / SEALING & MARKING OF BID
7.1 Bids shall be submitted separately in THREE PARTS in sealed envelopes super
scribed with the Bid Document number, bid due date and time, item and nature of bid as
under:
7.1.1 PART - I (Envelope No. 1): Bid Security and Tender Fee:
Bid security in accordance with Clause no. 3 of RFQ and Tender Fees (if
applicable) in accordance with clause no. 1.0 of RFQ.
Bidder shall submit their offer on the hard copies of tender sent by WP to the bidder.
7.1.2 PART - II (Envelope No. 2): Unpriced Bid: (Only un-priced bid all the parts can be
put in one envelope)
One (1) Original in hard copy + One (1) CD containing soft copy of complete
documents comprising of:
7.1.2.1 Information and documentary evidence establishing bidder’s claim for meeting
qualification criteria as stipulated in RFQ under Chapter -1. This part/envelope should
necessarily contain all the required back-up documents for Bid Qualification.
7.1.2.2 UNPRICED BID complete with all technical and commercial details and unpriced
copy of price Schedule with prices substituted with ‘QUOTED’ or ‘NOT QUOTED’ or ‘NOT
APPLICABLE’. Original hard copy & soft copy in CD shall be completely identical in all
respects & in case of any variance, original hard copy shall prevail.
7.1.2.3 No Rates / Prices shall be submitted in Unpriced Bid.
7.1.3 PART - III (Envelope No. 3): Priced Bid:
One (original) set of PRICED BID WITH FULL PRICE DETAILS sealed in a
envelope. The price bid shall contain prices only in the prescribed price
schedule formats given in Chapter–5, without any technical and
commercial deviations/conditions. Technical specifications or commercial
terms given in un-priced bid will only be evaluated and the same will be binding on the
Bidder.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 25 of 131

The bidder shall quote the prices along with details of taxes, Cess, duties and
other levies in ‘PRICE SCHEDULE FORMAT’ given in Chapter 5 of bid document
ONLY. Prices quoted in any other format shall be liable for rejection.
The ‘FORMAT FOR PRICE BID’ shall be struck-off and enclosed in the Envelope No. 3.
7.2 The envelopes containing Part -I, Part -II, Part -III of bid shall be enclosed in a
larger envelope duly sealed and pasted with the enclosed CUT-OUT Slip and shall
bear the name and address of the Bidder.
7.3 Bidder to note that if Bid Security (in the proforma attached with these
documents) in original (if the Bid Document is downloaded) is kept in Priced bid
envelope and not found in envelope no. 1 or envelope No.2 as per clause 7.1.1, the
offer of the bidder(s) will be REJECTED during opening.
7.4 Bidder to note that prices are to be quoted in the Format provided in the price
schedule formats provided along with the tender and as given in Chapter-5 without any
conditions. Price bids submitted in any other format and conditional price bids will be
liable for rejection. Price bids received in open condition (not in sealed envelope) will also
be liable for rejection.
7.5 If the outer envelope is not sealed and not marked as required, the HPCL/
WORLEYPARSONS will assume no responsibility for the Bid's misplacement or
premature opening.
7.6 Bidders in their own interest shall ensure that they send their bid complete in all
respects well in time to reach the specified office within the specified bid due date and
time. No relaxation shall be given for delay due to any unforeseen event in submission of
bid.
7.7 Central Public Sector Enterprises and Firms registered with NSIC are exempted
from submission of Bid Security. Central Public Sector Enterprises are requested to give
a self-declaration on their letter head to this effect, which should be submitted in a
sealed envelope marked as Bid Security as mentioned in Cl no. 7.1.1 above.
7.8 Bidders registered with NSIC are also requested to submit self declaration on
their letter head to this effect along with a copy of their Valid Registration certificate,
specifying limit of volume and other details which should be submitted in a separate
sealed envelope no. 1 marked as Bid security as mentioned in Cl no. 3.1.1 above.
7.9 Bid Security strictly in the proforma attached with these documents shall be
submitted in Original along with the Bid. Bids received without original bid
security except PSUs and NSIC (self declaration in case of Public Sector Enterprises
OR copy of valid registration certificate in case of units registered with NSIC) , shall
not be opened for evaluation.
8. 0 DOCUMENTS COMPRISING THE BIDS
8.1 The bid prepared by the Bidder shall comprise the following components:
8.1.1 ORIGINAL BID SECURITY & TENDER FEES (Part - I):
Original Bid Security & Tender Fee - Original DD/ BG in physical form to be received
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 26 of 131

on or before Bid due date and time.
In case Bid Security / EMD is not received as per clause no. 3.0 of Request for Quotation
(RFQ), the offer of the bidder shall be rejected.
Bidders are suggested to advise their BANKS not to post Bank Guarantee/or any
other EMD /Bid security document directly to HPCL, as the Bid Security/EMD is to be
submitted as detailed above. However, In case EMD is sent directly by the bankers to
the tender box it should be sent in an envelope superscribed as Envelope – 1 and
bearing tender number. In case of non-receipt of the Original Bank Guarantee by the
tender due date and time, the bid shall be rejected.
8.1.2 UNPRICED BID (PART-II):
a. Documentary evidence in support of Bidder Eligibility criteria (if applicable)
stipulated in the Bid Document.
b. Documentary evidence establishing Bidder’s eligibility to bid and that the
offered Goods conform to the Bid Document.
c. Integrity Pact
d. Power of Attorney in Original in physical form in favour of signatory of
the bid.
e. Tender document including Corrigendum, if any, and subsequent
correspondences duly stamped and signed on each page as a token of
acceptance.
f. All form and format dully filled in.
g. An Undertaking from the Bidder Confirming that their Plant / Facility has
Adequate Capacity to handle Concurrent Orders and the Supplies to be
made to HPCL will not get delayed due to the concurrent orders from
other Clients as per Annexure-10 of Chapter-8
h. Copies of Purchase Orders, Financial Statement (Balance Sheet and
Profit & Loss Account) for last three preceding financial years.
i. Taxes & Duties Statement – A copy of price schedule with “Quoted” or
not “Quoted” in rate column and taxes / duties as mentioned in price
bid shall be submitted in unpriced bid (WITHOUT MENTIONING
RATES). In case of discrepancy in taxes/ duties, mentioned in price
bid & unpriced bid, the taxes / dutes mentioned in price bid shall
prevail.
j. Un-Priced Schedule (with words “Quoted (Q) / Not Quoted (NQ)”
against each of the items quoted) completed in accordance with the
requirements specified in the bid document. This schedule is
attached as Appendix -1 in Chapter-8.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 27 of 131

8.1.2 PRICED BID (PART-III):
9.0 BID
k. Agreed Terms & Conditions duly filled-in.
l. Declaration with the bid qualification criteria that bidder has not been
banned or delisted by any Government or quasi Government agencies
or PSU's as per Annexure-8 at Chapter-8 of the Bid Document.
m. Bid form duly filled, signed & stamped with signature of witness as per
Annexure-9 of Chapter-8.
n. Letter of Authority duly filled, signed & stamped with signature of
representatives as per Annexure-1 1 of Chapter-8.
o. Deviation sheet as per Annexure-1 2 of Chapter-8.
p. NSIC certificate details, if applicable as per Annexure-13 of Chapter-8.
q. Certificate for Non-Involvement of Agent as per Annexure-14 of
Chapter-8 or Details of Indian Agent as per Annexure-15 of Chapter-8.
r. Any other information/details/documents/data required as per Bid
Document.
s. Addenda/Corrigenda to the Bid Document, if issued, must be
signed and submitted along with the bid.
Bid Form and Price Schedule (as Annexure-9 & Chapter-5 of tender) duly filled along
with signed & Stamped by the Bidder.
9.1 PREPARATION & SUBMISSION OF BID
9.1.1 Bids shall be submitted at the address given in Cut out Slips by the due date &
time. Owner/ consultant shall be not responsible for Bids submitted at any other office of
Consultant or the Owner.
9.1.2 Documents mentioned in the Bid Document shall be submitted along with the
bid by the Bidder.
9.1.3 Addenda/Corrigenda to the Bid Document, if issued, must be signed and
submitted along with the un-priced bid.
9.1.4 Bidders are advised to submit bids based strictly on the terms & conditions
and specifications contained in the Bid Document and not to stipulate any deviations.
Each Bidder shall submit only one bid. A Bidder who submits more than one
bid or Alternative bids will be rejected.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 28 of 131

9.2 FORMAT AND SIGNING OF BID
9.2.1 The Bidder shall prepare required number of copies of the bid, clearly marking
each ‘Original Bid’ and ‘Copy of Bid’ as appropriate. In the event of any
discrepancy between them, the ‘Original Bid’ shall govern.
9.2.2. The original and all copies of the bid shall be typed or written in indelible ink and
shall be signed by the Bidder or a person or persons duly authorised to sign on behalf of
the bidder on all pages of the bid. Such authorization shall be indicated by written Power
of Attorney accompanying the bid. The name and position held by each person signing
must be typed or printed below the signature. The person or persons signing the bid shall
initial all pages of the bid, except for un amended printed literature.
9.2.3 The complete bid shall be without alterations, interlineations or erasures, except
as may be necessary to correct errors made by the Bidder, in which case such
corrections shall be rewritten & initialled by the person or persons signing the bid.
9.2.4 Bidder shall submit the Bid document, duly signed and stamped along with the
offer. In case of downloading of bid document from Website, bidder shall submit
the hard copy of the same, duly signed by them along with the offer.
9.2.5 All the pages of the priced bid must be signed and stamped by the authorised
signatory.
10.0 OPENING OF BIDS
10.1 Bids will be opened by Consultant at WorleyParsons Sea India Pvt. Ltd, Raheja Plaza
First Floor, LBS Marg, Ghatkopar (W), Mumbai – 400086, India Tel: 91-22-67818000
Fax:91-22-67818080 in the presence of bidders/bidders authorized representatives
(duly authorized by a competent person and having the letter of authority as per
proforma at Chapter-8).
10.2 BID SECURITY & TENDER FEE (if applicable) (PART-I) AND UNPRICED BID (PART-II):
10.2.1 On the day and time of bid opening, Bid security& Tender Fee (Envelop 1) and
Unpriced Bid (Envelope 2) shall be opened in presence of attending bidders.
10.2.2 The Bidder’s representatives, who are present, shall sign a register/attendance
sheet evidencing their attendance.
10.2.3 The Bidder(s) names, presence or absence of requisite bid security will be
announced at the opening.
10.2.4 Bidder (s), whose bids are not opened for any reason, including non receipt of
original bid security, will not be allowed to be present during bid opening.
10.3 PRICED BID OPENING (PART -III):
10.3.1 Only those bidders whose are technically/commercially acceptable shall be
called for opening of Priced bid (Envelop 3) at a later date, informed in advance.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 29 of 131

10.3.2 The Bidder’s representatives, who are present, shall sign a register/ attendance
sheet evidencing their attendance.
10.3.3 Bidder(s), whose bids are not opened for any reason, will not be allowed to be
present during bid opening.
11.0 EVALUATION OF BIDS
11.1 The Owner/CONSULTANT will examine the bids to determine whether they are
complete, whether any computational errors have been made, whether the
documents have been properly signed and stamped whether the bids are generally
in order.
11.2 The bids without requisite Bid Security and/or not in the prescribed proforma will not be
considered and bids of such Bidder(s) shall be rejected at the sole discretion of Consultant /
HPCL.
11.3 Qualification of Bidder: The experience details and financial and technical
capabilities of the Bidder(s) shall be examined to determine whether the Bidder(s)
meet the Qualification Criteria as mentioned in the Request for Quotation (RFQ).
11.4 a) After tender submission due date & time/ extended due date & time (as the case
may be) the bidders shall not make any subsequent price changes/Changes on taxes
quoted, whether resulting or arising out of any technical / commercial clarifications
sought/allowed on any deviations or exceptions mentioned in the bid unless discussed
and agreed by HPCL / consultant in writing.
11 .4b) To assist in the examination, evaluation and comparison of Unpriced bids, the
Owner/Owner’s Consultant may, at its discretion, ask the Bidder clarifications on the bid.
The request for such clarifications and the response thereto shall be in writing and shall
be binding on the bidder.
Bidder(s) to note that Price changes against Technical/Commercial clarification, if any,
in line with terms & conditions of enquiry documents are not allowed. In case, any bidder
gives revised prices/price implications (including revision in taxes /duties & their
applicability) against such clarification, it would amount to unsolicited post bid modification
by the bidder and action shall be taken by the owner as per clause “MODIFICATION
AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS” mentioned above. However, the owner/Owner’s
consultant reserves the right to seek cost implication/revised rates from all the vendors in
case of a revision in technical specification/scope of job.
11.5 Prior to the evaluation and comparison of the bid, the Owner/ Owner’s
Consultant will determine the substantial responsiveness of each bid to the bidding
documents. For the purpose of this Article, a substantially responsive bid is one, which
conforms to all the terms and conditions of the bidding document without material
deviations or reservations. The Owner’s determination of a bid
responsiveness is to be based on the contents of the bid itself without recourse to the
extrinsic evidence.
11.6 A bid determined as substantially non-responsive will be rejected by the
Owner/Owner’s Consultant and shall not subsequently be allowed by the
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 30 of 131

Owner/Owner’s Consultant to be made responsive by the Bidder by correction of the nonconformity.
11.7 Bidders are requested to accept tender terms/conditions in totality and should
avoid deviations.
11.8 In case deviations to tender terms/conditions are unavoidable, the same should
be mentioned in DEVIATION SHEET. Deviations mentioned elsewhere shall not be
considered by HPCL/CONSULTANT.
11.9 The price bids of techno-commercially accepted bidders shall only be opened.
The evaluation criteria shall be lowest delivered cost basis.
11.10 No set off (including set off on account of taxes/duties) shall be considered in
evaluation for deciding L1 bidder.
11.11 In case, bidder is evaluated L1 bidder and has mentioned deviation to tender
terms not in deviation sheet, but elsewhere and is not withdrawing those deviations, HPCL
shall forfeit the EMD/Bid security of the bidder in such cases.
11.12 In case any deviation sought by bidder is accepted by Owner / Consultant,
Owner / Consultant reserves the right to suitably load the bidder for evaluation purpose
only.
11.13 Evaluation shall be carried out based on price quoted by bidder including stated
Taxes & duties as on date of opening of unpriced bid. For import content also, if any, no
exchange rate variation / Customs duty variation shall be considered.
11.14 All the Sl. Nos. and columns in the ‘Price Schedule’ shall be quoted pertaining to
quoted items / group as the case be. If no prices is entered for any of the entries
against quoted items /group as the case be, it will be dealt as per following:
a) If bidders fills “NIL” or “ Not Applicable” : Its prices shall be deemed to be included in
the quoted prices for the purpose of evaluation as well as placement of order
b) If bidder fills ‘-‘ or ‘ leaves cell blank’ than:
i) For Basic Rate or Freight (other than taxes & duties) - Its prices shall be deemed to
be included in the quoted prices for the purpose of evaluation as well as placement of
order.
ii) For Taxes and Duties - The offer shall be loaded by highest quote by any other
bidder in the tender for the purpose of evaluation. However, same shall be paid extra
at actual, in case bidders turns out to be lowest after evaluation.
11.15 Foreign exchange variation/import duty variations shall not be considered during
evaluation in case of domestic bidder.
11.16 Non acceptance of commercial terms and conditions may result in rejection of
your offer, or suitable commercial loading e.g. for non-acceptance of PRS clause, loading @
as defined for PRS shall be imposed.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 31 of 131

11.17 Indian Bidders shall be required to quote and arrange transit insurance. In case an
Indian Bidder quotes transit insurance or states that material shall be delivered at
HPCL location at his risk, there would be no loading however if a bidder states that
transit insurance shall be arranged by HPCL, the offer shall be rejected.”
In all other cases the offer shall be loaded by the highest transit insurance charges
quoted by any bidder in the tender.
11.18 “Indian bidders shall separately quote octroi /entry tax in the price schedule and in case
bidder does not quote the same, offer shall be suitably loaded with highest of octroi /entry
tax quoted by any other bidder in the tender. In case of foreign bidders offer shall be
suitably loaded with highest octroi /entry tax quoted by any Indian bidder in the same
tender for evaluation purpose.
.
1 2..0 REJECTION CRITERIA
12.1 Bidder’s Bid shall be considered non-responsive and rejected as explained
below, if bidder deviates from the under mentioned provisions of Bid Documents by the
Bidder:
SL.
NO.
CLAUSE REFERENCE DOCUMENT
i) Bid Security (EMD)
(To be submitted with Part I or II of the bid)
Clause No. 3 of RFQ &
Clause no. 7.3 of ITB
ii) Tender Fees As per RFQ
iii) Mention rates anywhere else in the tender
other than Price Bid
Clause no. 12.10
Chapter-2.
of ITB
iv) Contract Performance Bank Guarantee Clause No 6.0 of SCP, Chapter- 4.
v) Period of validity of bids shorter than Clause No 5.0 of ITB, Chapter 2.
vi)
Specified
Force Majeure Clause No 19 of GPC, Chapter-3.
vii) Guarantee / Warranty Clause No 29 of GPC, Chapter-3.
viii) Firm Prices Clause No 3.2 of SCP, Chapter-4.
ix) Delivery extends beyond stipulated period Chapter- 6
x) Unsolicited Price change/implication Clause. no. 6.2 of ITB, Chapter-2.
(including revision in taxes / duties & their
applicability) after bid submission due date /
extended due date; however, any unilateral
rebate shall be dealt as per clause no. 22 of
ITB.
xi) Payment terms Clause no. 9 of SCP, Chapter-4.
xii) Integrity Pact Annexure 3, Chapter-8
xiii) Arbitration Clause Clause no.39 of GPC, Chapter-3 & 15 of
SCP, Chapter-4.
xiv) Non Submission of declaration of not
banning from Government of India
/ministries of Govt. of India
Not applicable
xv) Non-conformance of scope of work Chapter-7
/technical specifications.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 32 of 131

xvi) Any advance payment sought by Bidder Clause No 9.0 of SCP,
Chapter-4
xvii) Workability Clause Refer Clause no. 16.2 of ITB
For SL. No. iv) to xvii), OWNER/CONSULTANT reserves the right to provide
opportunity to the bidder to withdraw the deviation. In case bidder fails to withdraw
the deviation within the date & time specified by OWNER/CONSULTANT, the bid shall be
rejected.
Abbreviation:
SCP: Special Conditions of Purchase
RFQ: Request for Quotation
ITB : Instructions to Bidders
GCP: General Condition of Purchase
12.2 Bids that do not meet the bidder eligibility criteria (BEC),as specified in the bid
document shall also be rejected.
12.3 A bid with incomplete scope of work/supply and/or which does not meet the
technical requirements as specified in the bid document shall be considered as nonresponsive
and rejected.
12.4 Conditional price bids shall be rejected. Also price bids submitted in any other
format or received in open condition (not in sealed envelope) or kept in any
other Part of the bid (i.e. Part - I or II) will also be liable for rejection.
12.5 After tender submission due date & time/ extended due date & time (as the case
may be) the bidders shall not make any subsequent price changes, whether resulting or
arising out of any technical / commercial clarifications sought/allowed on any deviations
or exceptions mentioned in the bid unless discussed and agreed by HPCL in writing.
12.6 Price must be furnished in the Price Schedule format enclosed and shall be
strictly based on the terms specified under "Bid Prices" & "Taxes & Duties" specified in
the bid document. Non-compliance of this requirement shall make the bid liable for
rejection.
12.7 Non acceptance of commercial terms and conditions may result in rejection of
your offer, or suitable commercial loading.
12.8 Owner / Consultant reserves the right to reject offers not meeting its Technical
requirements and/ or commercial conditions.
12.9 For overall evaluation (as per clause no. 11.9 of ITB), it is mandatory to quote all items.
12.10 Please do not quote / mention rates anywhere else in the tender other than price
bid (Chapter 5). In case bidders quote rates at any other place (other than price
bid), THE OFFER OF PARTY SHALL BE REJECTED.
12..11 WRONG INFORMATION
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 33 of 131

If the Bidder deliberately gives wrong information in his Bid to create circumstances for
the acceptance of his Bid, Owner/ WORLEYPARSONS reserves the right to reject his
BID without any reference to the Bidder.
12.12 In case bidder states that Transit Insurance shall be taken by HPCL, the bid shall
be liable of rejection.
12.13 In case bidder is on the holiday list of HPCL, his offer shall not be considered for
evaluation.
13.0 VOID
14.0 COMPARISION OF BID
14.1 The Owner / Consultant will evaluate and compare bids previously determined to
be substantially responsive pursuant to the provisions of the bid document.
14.2 The “Price Schedule” as quoted for lowest delivered cost basis (as stated in RFQ /
Price Schedule) shall be taken up for evaluation. Cost for Mandatory spares shall also be
taken up for evaluation.
14.3 Arithmetical errors will be rectified on the following basis:-
If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price that is obtained by
multiplying the unit price with quantity and with quoted taxes, the unit price shall prevail
and the total price shall be corrected considering the taxes quoted by the bidder and
applicability of taxes / duties defined by the bidder in his bid.
If some discrepancies are found between the quoted rates by bidders given in words and
figures of the amount in the tender, the following procedure shall be applied:
(a) When there is a difference between the rates in figures and words,
The rate which corresponds to the amount worked out by the tenderer
shall be taken as correct.
(b) When the rate quoted by the tenderer in figures and words tallies but the
amount is incorrect, the rate quoted by the tenderer shall be taken as
correct.
(c) When it is not possible to ascertain the correct rate in the manner
prescribed above the rate as quoted in words shall be adopted.
14.4 The comparison of price bids for techno-commercially accepted bidders shall be
done as per evaluation criteria defined under clause 11 of ITB.
14.5 Conversion to Single Currency: To facilitate evaluation & comparison, the
Owner/Consultant shall convert all Bid prices of foreign Bidder’s expressed in various
currencies, to Indian Rupees at the TT Bill selling rates of State Bank of India as was
applicable on the date of opening of tender (unpriced bid opening date ). In case,
exchange rate is not available of State Bank of India, alternative sources viz. Economics
Times shall be considered for all the currencies.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 34 of 131

Foreign exchange variation/import duty variations shall not be considered during evaluation
in case of domestic bidder.
14.6 Owner’s Consultant/Owner’s evaluation and comparison of prices of previously
determined substantially responsive bids shall take following in account:-
Evaluation & Comparison of Bids
Evaluation and comparison of prices of previously determined substantially responsive bids
shall take following into account:-
A) In case of Domestic Bidder the evaluated price shall include the
following:-
i) FOT Dispatch Point Price including loading on to trailers / Trucks
and mandatory spares prices, if applicable.
ii) All taxes / duties / education Cess, Octroi / Entry tax as applicable on
finished goods. CST without Form-‘C’ shall be considered.
iii) Freight charges & Transit Insurance as quoted by the bidder and
service tax on freight.
iv) Charges towards Supervision of Erection/Installation, Testing &
Commissioning based on number of days as specified in Chapter-5
& Service Tax @ 12.36% on supervision of Erection/Installation,
Testing & Commissioning shall be considered for evaluation as well
as for placement of order.
v) Technical / Commercial Loading, if any
B) In case of Foreign Bidder the evaluated price shall include the following:-
i) FOB Port of Shipment prices as quoted and Mandatory Spares
prices, if applicable.
ii) Ocean Freight : Freight charges as quoted by Bidder
OR
9% of FOB value for countries in American continent and 6% of
FOB values for others, in case Bidder has not quoted the freight
charges.
iii) Marine insurance charges @ 1% of FOB Price.
iv) Port Levies/Port Handling etc. @ 2% of estimated CIF Value
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 35 of 131

14.7 PURCHASE/PRICE PREFERENCE
v) Imports duty at prevailing rates (Merit rate of customs duty)
vi) Letter of Credit (L/C) charges @ 1.05% of FOB prices
vii) Inland freight (including Transit Insurance) @ 1% of [(i) + (ii) + (iii)
+ (iv) + (v) + (vi)] + Service Tax @ 3.09% on inland freight.
viii) Octroi / Entry tax highest amount quoted by Indian Bidder in the
tender in case the same is not mentioned by bidder.
ix) Loading on account of technical / commercial parameters, if any
x) Charges towards Supervision of Erection/Installation, Testing &
Commissioning based on number of days as specified in Chapter-
5 & Service Tax @ 12.36% on supervision of Erection/Installation,
Testing & Commissioning shall be considered for evaluation as
well as for placement of order.
14.7.1 HPCL will follow purchase / price preference policy as per prevailing guidelines of
Government of India. Currently, domestic manufactures of capital goods supplied to
fertilizer, power and petroleum projects under international competitive bidding would be
accorded a price preference as explained below under clause 14.7.2 Besides above
price preference up to 15 % over the lowest tender can be extended to small scale
industries (registered with NSIC). The actual quantum of price preference up to
maximum 15 % shall be decided on the merits of each case. However in all cases the
SSI certificate should contain the items to be purchased. The situation where price
preference shall not be granted to small scale industries (NSIC registered) shall be as
per clause 14.7.6
14.7.2 To offset Central Sales Tax levied on Indian Manufacturer of capital goods, price
preference to the extent of 4% or actual whichever is less, would be accorded, subject to
30% of local content norm (required documentary evidence will be as decided by Owner).
The supplies of materials and equipment by Domestic bidders are eligible, as per
Government directives to following preference:
EXTENT OF DOMESTIC VALUE
ADDED
Less than 30% NIL
EXTENT OF PRICE PREFERENCE
30% and more Domestic preference shall be limited to
Off-setting of Central Sales Tax to the extent
of 4% or actuals whichever is lower plus
Octroi at actuals.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 36 of 131

The domestic value addition shall be calculated with the following formula:
% Value Addition ={Ex-Works price excluding Customs Duty, Excise
Duty, Sales tax - CIF value of imports} x 100
Ex-Works price excluding Customs Duty, Excise Duty, Sales tax
In the above formula the customs duty shall be considered as applicable on imported raw
materials/components and Excise Duty and Sales Tax shall be considered on finished goods.
14.7.3 Once quoted the extent of Domestic Value addition shall remain unaltered.
Bidder shall submit Chartered Accountant certificate in original, confirming that
Domestic value addition is more than or equal to 30% as above for availing
Domestic preference.
14.7.4 The evaluated price of all the domestic Bidders and the evaluated price of all the
foreign Bidders as stated herein before shall be compared together to arrive at
the lowest bid.
14.7.5 Owner reserves the option to place order on Foreign Bidder(s) on FOB or on
CFR basis.
14.7.6 Situations where preference not granted to Small Scale Units (Registered with
NSIC):
To make the grant of price preference more meaningful, price preference shall
be accorded on a tender to tender basis. The question of granting price
preference will not arise in the following situations:
(1) Where the Small Scale Unit had succeeded in securing orders for same
items, in competition (i.e. without price preference) with the large scale
units during the preceding 12 months. For this purpose the SSI Unit will
be required to give a declaration in writing in case they have obtained
orders on the above lines.
(2) Where Small Scale Unit is lowest for some items without price preference
and lowest for other items with price preference. (In such case, order for
items where SSI is lowest with price preference will be placed only if SSI
matches the rates with lowest delivered rates for those items).
(3) Where competition is amongst Small Scale Units alone.
(4) Where the items are exclusively reserved for purchase from the Small
Scale Units.
(5) Where tenders are received from both Small Scale and Large Scale
Units; and the lowest offer is from the Small Scale Unit and its capacity is
more than sufficient to meet the requirement.
(6) Where the value of the tender exceeds the value limit given in the
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 37 of 131

certificate produced by the SSI Unit or where the certificate does not
cover the commodity tendered for.
15.0 CONTACTING THE OWNER/ OWNER’S CONSULTANT
15.1 No Bidder shall contact the Owner/Owner’s Consultant on any matter relating to
its bid, from the time of bid opening to the time the Contract is awarded.
15.2 Any efforts by a Bidder to influence the Owner/Owner’s Consultant in the
Owner’s/ Owner’s Consultant’s bid evaluation, bid comparison or contract award decisions
may result in the rejection of the Bidder’s bid.
16.0 AWARD CRITERIA
16.1 The Owner will award the Contract to the successful Bidder whose bid has been
determined to be the lowest responsive bid evaluated on the basis as defined at point no.
1.0 of RFQ/ clause no. 11 of ITB, subsequent to the bid being declared Techno-
Commercially qualified and the bid is determined to be workable as per workability clause
given below (delivered cost basis).
16..2 Workability Clause
Where the lowest bid is very low compared to the cost estimate and other higher bids, the
Owner/ Consultant shall review the lowest offered bid for workability of rates and shall
ascertain whether Bidder has properly quoted with reference to the scope. In such
cases, Owner/ Consultant may require the lowest Bidder to produce detailed price
analysis for any or all items to demonstrate the internal consistency of these prices.
After evaluation of the price analysis, Owner/ Consultant may require that the amount
of the performance security is increased to a level sufficient to protect the Owner
against financial loss in the event of default of the successful Bidder under the contract
and same shall be provided by the bidder.
Where based on workability assessment by authority (HPCL), the vendor's bid is found
non-workable, the same will be rejected and EMD, if any, forfeited.
16.3 The price bids of techno-commercially accepted bidders shall only be opened.
16.4 In case of foreign bidder, order shall be placed on FOB basis. However,
owner reserve the right to convert the same to CFR basis within 3 months from
the date of award (Date of Letter of Intent (LOI) / Fax of Intent (FOI)).
17.0 OWNER’S/OWNER’S CONSULTANT’S RIGHT TO ACCEPT ANY BID AND TO
REJECT ANY OR ALL BIDS
17.1 Owner/ Owner’s Consultant reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to
annul the bidding process and reject all bids, at any time prior to award of contract,
without thereby incurring any liability to the affected Bidder or Bidders or; any obligations
to inform the affected Bidder or Bidders of the ground for the Owner’s/Owner/s Consultant’s
action.
17.2 The submission of any bid connected with these documents and specifications
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 38 of 131

shall constitute an agreement that the Bidder shall have no cause for action or claim,
against the Owner/ Owner's Consultant for rejection of his bid. The Owner/ Owner's
Consultant shall always be at liberty to reject or accept any bid or bids at his sole
discretion and any such action will not be called into question and the Bidder shall have no
claim in that regard against the Owner/ Owner's Consultant.
18.0 NOTIFICATION OF AWARD
18.1 Prior to the expiration of period of bid validity, the Owner will notify the successful
Bidder in writing or by fax or by e-mail , that his bid has been accepted. The Notification
of Award will constitute the formation of the Contract.
18.2 Completion Period shall be counted from the date of notification of award.
(Letter/Fax of Intent).
19.0 ISSUE OF ORDER
19.1 After the successful Bidder has been notified that his bid has been accepted, the
Owner will send to such Bidder a detailed Order incorporating all the terms and conditions
agreed between the parties.
19..2 Within 15 days of receipt of the detailed Order, the Bidder shall sign and return it
to the Owner, in token of acceptance of the Order.
20.0 LATE BIDS
20.1 Any bid received by the Consultant after the bid due date and time prescribed
in RFQ will not be opened and shall be rejected.
20.2 Telex/ Telegraphic/ Telefax/ E-mail offers will not be considered and shall be
rejected.
21.0 INTEGRITY PACT
The successful tenderer shall execute Integrity Pact with Owner as per the
enclosed Draft Integrity Pact Agreement. Hard copy of the same duly filled signed,
stamped by authorized person and witnessed to be forwarded alongwith EMD in physical
condition so as to be received at WORLEYPARSONS prior to bid due date and time.
22.0 REBATE
22.1 If a bidder offers a rebate unilaterally after the closing date and time of the bid, it
will not be taken into account for evaluating purposes, but if that bidder emerges as the
lowest evaluated, the rebate offered will be taken into account and shall be binding on
the bidder for award of work.
23.0 APPOINTMENT OF WORLEYPARSONS LIMITED BY OWNER (HPCL)
23.1 WORLEYPARSONS will function/act as EPMC consultant for the project. HPCL has
all rights to forward bids to consultant for evaluation purpose.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 39 of 131

23.2 After placement of PO for tendered item, EPMC will take care of all technical
aspects of PO, execution of PO, inspection etc.
24.0 DEVIATIONS TO TENDER TERMS:
24.1 Void
i) Bidders are requested to accept tender terms/conditions in totality and should
avoid deviations.
ii) In case deviations to tender terms/conditions are unavoidable, the same should
be mentioned in DEVIATION SHEET. Deviations mentioned elsewhere shall not
be considered by HPCL.
iii) In case, bidder is evaluated L1 bidder and has mentioned deviation to tender
terms not in online deviation sheet , but elsewhere and is not withdrawing those
deviations, HPCL shall forfeit the EMD (IF APPLICABLE) of the bidder in such
cases.
iv) No new deviation will be received/ accepted from bidder after bid due date. Incase
bidder submits new deviation, his bid will be rejected. At the sole discretion of the
owner bidder may be given opportunity to withdraw the deviation and in case the
same is not withdrawn by the bidder, the offer of the bidder shall be rejected &
EMD/ bid security (if applicable) submitted by the bidder shall be forfeited.
24.2 In case any deviations sought by bidder are accepted by HPCL, HPCL reserves
the right to suitably load the bidder for evaluation purpose only.
25.0 FOREIGN BIDDER CONDITION:
25.1 In case of foreign bidder the tender shall be submitted directly and not through the
Indian Representative. In the event of any breach of default on the part of the supplier to
disclose the agency arrangements in India, there would be a penalty of banning
business dealings and also payment of specified sum.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 40 of 131

CHAPTER 3
GENERAL PURCHASE CONDITIONS
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 41 of 131

INDEX
1. DEFINITION
2. REFERENCE FOR DOCUMENTATION
3. CONFIRMATION OF ORDER
4. SALES CONDITIONS
5. COMPLETE AGREEMENT
6. INSPECTION-CHECKING-TESTING
7. OFFICIAL INSTITUTIONAL TESTING
8. EXPEDITING
9. WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS
10. DISPATCH INSTRUCTIONS
11. OILS & LUBRICANTS
12. SPARE PARTS
13. PACKING AND MARKING
14. SHIPMENT/DESPATCH AND SHIPMENT NOTICES
15. CONTROL REGULATIONS
16. TRANSIT RISK
17. RESPECT FOR DELIVERY DATES
18. DELAYED DELIVERY
19. DELAYS DUE TO FORCE MAJEURE
20. REJECTION, REMOVAL OF REJECTED GOODS AND REPLACEMENT
21. TRANSFER OF PROPERTY FROM THE VENDOR TO THE OWNER
22. PRICE
23. TERMS OF PAYMENT
24. INVOICING
25. RECOVERY OF SUMS DUE
26. CHANGES
27. CANCELLATION
28. PATENTS AND ROYALTIES
29. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
30. NON WAI VER
31. NON ASSIGNMENT
32. PART ORDER / REPEAT ORDER
33. VENDOR S DRAWINGS AND DATA REQUIREMENT
34. TECHNICAL INFORMATION
35. SERVICES OF VENDOR S PERSONNEL
36. VENDOR S LIABILITY
37. OWNER S MATERIAL
38. HEADINGS
39. ARBITRATION
40. JURISDICTION
41. IMPORT LICENCE:
42. DELAYS AND NON-CONFORMANCE:
43. SUBSTITUTION AND WRONG SUPPLIES
44. EFFECT AND VALIDITY OF OFFER
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 42 of 131

1. DEFINITIONS
The following expressions used in the Purchase Order shall have meaning
indicated against each of these:
1.1 “OWNER/ PURCHASER” means Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited, a
company incorporated in India having its registered office at 17, Jamshedji Tata
Road, Mumbai -400 020, and shall include its successors and assignees.
1.2 OWNER’s CONSULTANT/ CONSULTANT” means M/s WORLEYPARSONS SEA
INDIA (P) LTD appointed for the Project of REWARI KANPUR PIPELINE
PROJECT by HPCL.
1.3 "GOODS / MATERIALS" shall mean any of the articles, materials, machinery,
equipments, supplies, drawings, data and other property and all services
including but not limited to design, delivery, installation, inspection, testing and
commissioning specified to complete the order.
1.4 "VENDOR / SELLER" shall mean the person, firm or corporation to whom this
purchase Order is issued. The terms Vendor includes its successors and assigns.
1.5 "CONTRACTUAL DELIVERY DATE" shall mean the date on which goods shall
be Delivered at agreed delivery point/ destination in accordance with the terms of the
Purchase Order. This contractual delivery date / period is inclusive of all the lead
time for engineering, procurement of raw materials, manufacturing, inspection,
testing packing and any other activity whatsoever required to be accomplished for
affecting the delivery at the agreed delivery point.
1.6 "PROCUREMENT COORDINATORS / MANAGERS and CONSULTANTS"
shall mean Owner’s/ Purchaser’s authorized representatives appointed as
Procurement Coordinator / Managers & Consultants'.
1.7 "INSPECTORS" shall mean Inspectors deputed by Owner or Procurement
Coordinator / Managers & Consultants.
1.8 "PROJECT" means REWARI KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT HINDUSTAN
PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED.
1.9 The terms ‘Bidder’, ‘Contractor’, `Seller’, `Supplier’ or ‘Vendor’ stated anywhere
in the Bid Document carry the same meaning.
1.10 The terms `Client’, Owner’, Purchaser’ stated any where in the Bid Document
refer to Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited (HPCL).
1.11 The term Contract’, Order’ or Purchase Order’ stated anywhere in the Bid
Document carry the same meaning.
1.12 The term MR means Material Requisition’ containing technical requirements and
scope of work (technical), GPC means General Purchase Conditions’ containing
commercial terms & conditions, PR means Purchase Requisition’ issued after
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 43 of 131

award of contract incorporating agreed deviations in MR, ATC means Agreed
Terms & Conditions’ , RFQ means Request For Quotation’.
1.13 For the purpose of contract, the trade terms FOB, CFR and C&F shall have the
meanings as assigned to them by INCOTERMS 2000 published by ICC, Paris.
1.14 'TOTAL ORDER VALUE' shall be construed to include only basic rate, exclusive
of duties / taxes / freights etc. for the purpose of calculation of :
a) Price reduction on account of delay
b) Performance bank Guarantee Amount
c) Payment of advance, if any to be made.
1.15 Item: Item word with reference to Price Schedule / Price Evaluation would
mean a single item as per its description given in price schedule & scope
defined in tender document.
1.16 Group / Schedule: Group / Schedule word with reference to Price
Schedule / Price Evaluation would mean a number of items clubbed
together forming a Group / Schedule as per its description given in price
schedule & scope defined in tender document.
1.17 Package: Package word with reference to Price Schedule / Price Evaluation
would mean all the items as per its description given in price schedule & scope
defined in tender document.
2 . REFERENCE FOR DOCUMENTATION
Purchase Order number must appear on order continuation, correspondence,
drawings, invoices, shipping notes, pickings and on any documents or papers
connected with the order.
3 . CONFIRMATION OF ORDER
The Vendor shall acknowledge the receipt of the Purchase Order within 15
(Fifteen) days following the mailing of this order and shall thereby confirm his
acceptance of this Purchase Order in its entirety without exceptions. The
acknowledgment will bear on both purchase order and General Purchase
Conditions.
4 . SALES CONDITIONS
With Vendor's acceptance of provisions of this Purchase Order, he waives and
considers as cancelled any of his general sales conditions. Vendor's standard sales
conditions, If any, shall not be applicable to the offer and only the Purchaser's
“General Purchase Conditions” shall apply with the exception deviations
specifically agreed between the vendor and the Purchaser and brought out in the
Purchase Order.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 44 of 131

5 . COMPLETE AGREEMENT
The terms and conditions of this Purchase Order shall constitute the entire
agreement between the parties hereto. Changes will be binding only if the
amendments are made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the
Owner and the Vendor.
6. INSPECTION-CHECKING-TESTING
The equipment, materials and workmanship covered by the Purchase Order shall
be subject to inspection and testing at any time prior to shipment and or dispatch and
to final inspection within a reasonable time after arrival at the place of delivery.
Inspectors shall have the right to carry out the inspection and testing which will
include the raw materials at manufacturer’s shop, at fabricator's shop and at the time
of actual dispatch before and after completion of packing.
All tests, mechanical and others and particularly those required by codes will be
performed at the Vendor's expenses and in accordance with Inspector's instructions.
The Vendor will also bear the expenses concerning preparation and rendering of tests
required by Boiler Inspectorate or such other statutory testing agencies or by any
other reputed inspection agencies as may be nominated by the Owner or by
authorized TPIA by Consultant as may be required.
The salaries and fees of Inspectors and their travelling, lodging and boarding
expenses will not be borne by the Vendor unless inspection becomes infructuous due
to any omission or commission on the part of the Vendor. Before shipping or dispatch,
the equipment and or materials will have to be checked and stamped by inspectors
who are authorized also to forbid the use and dispatch of any equipment and / or
materials which during tests and inspection fail to comply with the specifications,
codes and testing requirements.
The vendor shall inform Procurement Coordinators / Managers at least eight days
in advance of the exact place, date and time of rendering the equipment or materials for
required inspection.
Provide free access to inspectors during normal working hours to Vendor's or
his/its sub Vendor's works and place at their disposal all useful means of
performing, checking, marking, testing, inspection and final stamping.
Even if the inspections and tests are fully carried out, Vendor would not be
absolved to any degree from his responsibilities to ensure that all equipments and
materials supplied comply strictly with requirements as per agreement both during
construction, at the time of delivery, inspection, on arrival at site and after its
erection or start-up and guarantee period as stipulated in clause 29 hereof.
The Vendor's responsibility will not be lessened to any degree due to any
comments made by Procurement Coordinators / Managers and Inspectors on the
Vendor's drawings or by Inspectors witnessing any chemical or physical tests.
In any case, the equipment and materials must be in strict accordance with the
Purchase order and/or its attachments failing which the Owner shall have the right
to reject the goods and hold the Vendor liable for non-performance of contract.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 45 of 131

7 . OFFICIAL INSTITUTIONAL TESTING
In addition to testing and inspection by Inspectors mentioned above, nominated
agencies or similar institutional agencies like Boiler Inspectorate may be
assigned for official testing of all coded equipment. The Vendor shall ensure that all
Procedures for preparation and performance of tests prescribed by such
Institutions shall be completed scrupulously.
The Vendor is required to send to such institutions as may be designed by the
Owner at least three sets of construction drawings for each equipment and
calculations. All manufacturer's mill's tests certificates and analytical reports from
material laboratories in respect of all raw materials and components employed shall
have to be presented to such institution's Inspectors in the number of copies
required. Vendor shall be responsible for any delay in submission of necessary
certificates. The Vendor shall maintain close liaison with Procurement Coordinators and
Institution's Inspectors to maintain schedule and delay, if any in this process will not
be taken into consideration as a cause of Force Majeure.
8 . EXPEDITING
Procurement Coordinators / Managers have been assigned to expedite both
manufacture and shipment of equipment and materials covered by the Purchase
Order. The Procurement Coordinators / Managers shall have free access to
Vendor's shop and/or sub suppliers' shop at any time and they shall be provided all
the necessary assistance and information to help them perform their job.
In order to facilitate over-all execution of the order within the contractual delivery date,
Vendor shall furnish to Procurement Coordinators / Managers within 4 weeks of'
receipt of Purchase Order the required number of copies of documents such as, but
not limited to, schedules/pert charts. Unpriced copies of sub orders / sub-contracts,
phased program of item wise manufacturing, testing and delivery
and any other information / documentation as may be called for the
correspondence procurement co-ordinators / Managers. All post order
correspondence shall be addressed to the Chief Manager -RKPL PIPELINE
PROJECT , HPCL, / WORLEYPARSONS (CONSULTANT).
9 . WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS
All weights and measurements recorded by Procurement Coordinators /
Managers on receipt of goods at site will be treated as final.
Vendor's shipping/ dispatch documents and invoices must contain the following data:
I ) Unit net weight
I I ) Unit gross weight (packing included)
III) Dimensions of packing
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 46 of 131

1 0 . DISPATCH INSTRUCTIONS
10.1 Unless otherwise specifically advised in writing, goods shall not be dispatched
without prior inspection, testing and Release Order / Materials Acceptance
Certificates issued by Inspectors.
10.2 In case dispatch by rail is specified in the Purchase Order. Vendor shall exercise
due care and ensure that the consignment shall be booked under appropriate
railway classification, failing which, any additional freight incurred by Owner due to
Vendor's booking the material under a wrong classification shall be to Vendor's
account.
10.3 The goods shall be consigned in the name of consignee, which will be informed
in due course, by the most economical road transport as specified in Purchase
Order.
Owner’s warehouse is open to receive Material between 9 AM and 3 P.M on all
working days. No goods will be accepted after 3 PM.
10.4 Owner / Procurement Coordinators / Managers reserve the right to advise any
change in dispatching point / destination and / or mode of transport, as may be
required.
10.5 OILS & LUBRICANTS (IF APPLICABLE)
The first filling of oils and lubricant, if any, required for every equipment shall be
included in the price and appropriate product manufactured by Hindustan
Petroleum Corporation Ltd. shall be used. The Vendor shall also recommend the
quality / quantity of oils and lubricants required for one year continuous
operation.
11. SPARE PARTS (IF APPLICABLE)
The Vendor must furnish itemised price list of spare parts required for two years
operation of the main equipment and prime movers also.
The Vendor shall provide the necessary cross sectional drawing to identity the spare
parts numbers and their location as well as inter-changeability chart.
12. PACKING AND MARKING FOR INDIGENOUS SUPPLY
All fragile and all exposed parts will be packed with care and the packages shall bear
the words: "WITH CARE" both in English and Hindi.
All nozzles, pipes and all sheets shall be marked with strips bearing progressive
numbers.
All holes and openings as also all delicate surfaces, shall be carefully protected
against bad weather.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 47 of 131

All threaded fittings shall be greased and provided with plastic caps. All
manufactured surface shall be painted with rust proof paint.
All small pieces shall be packed in cases.
The Vendor shall be held liable for all damages or breakage to the goods due to
detective or insufficient packing as well as for corrosion due to insufficient
protections. On three sides of the packages, the following marks shall appear clearly
visible and in indelible paint and at Vendor's care and expenses:
From :
For : Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited,
PIPELINES Project
Destination :
Order No. :
Rev. No. :
Item :
Net weight :
Gross Weight :
Case No. :
Of total cases :
Dimensions :
For every order and every shipment, package must be marked with serial progressive
numbering. All packages that require special handling and transport should have their centres of
gravity and points at which they may be slung or gripped clearly indicated and marked:
"ATTENTION SPECIAL LOAD HANDLE WITH CARE" both in Hindi and English language.
FOR IMPORTED SUPPLY
a. PACKING:
Packing should be capable to withstand rough sea weather for a minimum period of 4 to 6
months and should be commensurate with best commercial export practices. AII
packaging shall be done in such a manner as to reduce volume as much as possible.
Fragile articles should be adequately packed with special packing materials depending on
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 48 of 131

type of materials.
All delicate surfaces on equipment material should be carefully protected and painted
with protective paint compound and wrapped to prevent rusting and damage.
All mechanical and electrical equipment and other heavy articles should be securely
fastened to the bottom of the case and shall be blocked and braced to prevent movement.
Attachments and spare parts of equipments and all small pieces shall be packed separately
in wooden Cases with adequate protection inside the case and wherever possible
should be sent along with the main equipment. Each item shall be tagged so as to identify
it with the main equipment and part number and reference number shall be indicated.
All protrusions shall be suitably protected and opening shall be blocked by wooden
covers.
Wherever required equipment/materials shall be packed in polyethylene bags and
silicagel or similar dehydrating compound shall be put inside the bags to protect them.
Pipes/ tubes made of stainless steel, copper etc. shall be packed in wooden cases
Irrespective of sizes.
The supplier shall be held liable for all damages or breakages to the goods due- to the
defective or insufficient packing as well as for corrosion due to insufficient packing.
Detailed packing list in water proof envelope shall be inserted in each package together
with equipment/materials. One copy of “Detailed Packing List", shall be fastened outside of
the package in water proof envelope and covered by metal cover.
SPECIAL PACKAGING REQUIREMENT
“All raw/solid wood packaging material used for packaging shall be appropriately treated
and marked as per ISPM-15 (International Standards of Phyto-sanitary measures 15) OR
shall be accompanied by a Phytosanitary Certificate with the treatment endorsed.
The treatment of raw/solid wood packaging material prior to export shall include either
Methyl Bromide (MB) @ 48 g/m3 for 16 hrs at 21° C and above or any equivalent thereof
or heat treatment (HT) at 56° C for 30 min (core temperature of wood) or Kiln Drying
(KD) or Chemical Pressure Impregnation (CPI) or any other treatments provided that
these meet the HT specifications of the ISPM-15.
However, the above conditions shall not be applicable to wood packaging material
wholly made of processed wood products such as ply wood, particle board, oriental
strand board of veneer that have been created using glue, heat and pressure or
combination thereof. The above conditions shall also not be applicable to wood
packaging material such as veneer peeler cores, wood wool & shavings and thin wood
pieces (less than 6mm thickness) unless they are found to be harboring any pests.”
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 49 of 131

. MARKING:
Each package shall be marked on three sides, with proper paint/indelible water proof inks as
follows:
HINDUSTAN PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD. RKPL PIPELINE PROJECT
PURCHASE ORDER NO ..................................................................................
NET WEIGHT ........................................................... KGS.GR. WT ........................ KGS
DIMENSIONS ....................................................... X .................. X ........................ CMS
PACKAGE NO. (SI. No. of total packages)
TAG/ITEM NO ................................................................... . .........
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN ...........................................................................................
SHIPPER'S NAME ............................................................................................................
Additional marking such as 'handle with care' 'this side up' 'fragile' or any other additional
Indications for protection and safe handling shall be added depending on the type of materials.
All cases will have warning signs on the outside denoting 'Centre of Gravity' and 'Sling Mark'.
Letters, figures, marks etc. used for marking shall be stenciled printed. Handwriting
should be avoided as far as possible. Size of letter shall be optimum for each package
dimensions.
In case of Bundle or other packages wherever marking cannot be stenciled the same shall be
embossed on metal or similar tag and Wired securely at minimum two convenient points.
14. SHIPMENT/ DESPATCH AND SHIPMENT/ DESPATCH NOTICES
The Vendor shall make shipment/ dispatch only after prior approval by Inspectors
whenever specifically mentioned. In the event of the Vendor having been advised to hold
shipment(s)/ dispatch for any reason whatsoever the Vendor shall hold the materials in his/its
warehouse for at least 30 days without any compensation; or without prejudice to any reduction
in price already accrued on account of delay.
Immediately after shipment/ dispatch, Vendor shall inform dispatch particulars to Owner /
Procurement Coordinators as under
1 Copy of dispatch advice to Chief Manager - RKPL PIPELINE PROJECT
2 Copy of dispatch advice to CONSULTANT
3 Copies of dispatch advice to Resident Construction Manager,
CONSULTANT C/o. HPCL as applicable.
The Vendor shall carefully note the destination of materials.
The demurrage or other expenses incurred owing to any negligence, delay, default on the
part of the Vendor will be to Vendor's account.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 50 of 131

ADDITIONALLY FOR IMPORTED SUPPLY
a. SHIPPING
The shipping arrangement will be made in consultation with the Secretary, Shipping
Co-ordination committee. Ministry of Shipping and Transport (cable Transport, New Delhi.
Telex Vahan ND 2312) through their forwarding agent as under to whom notice of no less
six weeks about the readiness of each cargo for shipment should be given for finalizing the
shipping arrangements. .
"Shipping arrangements will be made by the shipping Co-ordination and Chartering
Division, Ministry of shipping and Transport, New Delhi through their respective, Forwarding
Agents Nominees as mentioned below to whom adequate notice of not less than six
weeks/about the readiness of cargo for shipment should be given by the sellers from
time to time for final/sing the shipping arrangements.
Area Forwarding Agents/Nominee
Shall be provided by HPCL
All shipment of materials shall be made by direct vessels. All shipments shall be under
deck unless carriage on deck is unavoidable.
b. DOCUMENTATION
i) The documents shall be in English Language.
ii) Documents required before shipment:
Seventy five (75) days before the contractual delivery date, proforma, packing lists and
sketches of over dimensioned cargo shall be air mailed as follows:
H.P.C.L. MUMBAI 2 COPIES
Consultant HQO 2 COPIES
Consultant Site Office 2 COPIES
HPCL Site Office 2 COPIES
The over dimension cargo shall mean any package exceeding any of the following limits
Weight 20 MT
Length 13.719 Meters
Width 2.997 Meters
Height 2.743 Meters
iii) Documents required after shipment:
The supplier shall air-mail the shipping documents stated here in below as quickly
as possible after the shipment has been made so that the same are received at
least two weeks prior to the arrival of vessel at destination port. The supplier shall
be fully responsible for any delay and/or demurrage that may become payable at
destination port on account of delay transmittal of shipping documents.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 51 of 131

Copy of Documents
HPCL
SITE HQO
HPCL Consultant
SITE
(a) Bill of lading 4 2 2 2
(b) Commercial Invoice 4 2 2 4
(c) Detailed Packing list 4 2 2 4
(d) Freight Memo 2 2 2 2
(e) Test Certificate 2 2 2 2
(f) Certificated of Origin 2 2 2 -
(g) Certificate of Measurement & Weight 2 2 2 2
(h) Catalogue and/or drawing 1 1 1 1
(i) Payment Certificate 2 2 2 2
(Amount received by vendor)
Note: In addition to above, complete set of documents are required to be sent to (Purchaser)
through bank in terms of Letter of Credit.
iv) Bill of lading:
Bill of Lading shall be 'Clean on Board', Ocean Bill of Lading should be made In favour of
HPCL ASPL Project order and the notify column should Indicate HPCL
Commercial Invoice:
Commercial Invoice shall, inter alia indicate (i) Purchase Order No. (ii) Import License
Policy numbers and (iii) Country of Origin. Besides, the cases in the voice shall be in
conformity with order.
v) Packing List:
Packing List must show apart from other particulars actual contents in each case, net
and gross weights and dimensions and the total numbers of packages .
SHIPPING ADVICE:
Within 24 hours after shipment, the supplier shall send shipping advice giving Particulars
of the shipment, Vessel's Name, Port of shipment, Bill of Lading number and date,
contents in brief, Purchase Order number, Total F.O.B. and Freight Values, number of
packages and total gross weight by way of Fax / Telex to :
Chief Manager– RKPL PIPELINE PROJECT
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited, Delhi
15. CONTROL REGULATIONS
The supply, dispatch and delivery of goods shall be arranged by the Vendor in strict
conformity with the statutory regulations including provision of Industries
(Development and Regulation) Act 1951 and may amendment thereof as
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 52 of 131
ND

applicable from time to time. The Owner disowns any responsibility for any
irregularity or contravention of any of the statutory regulations in manufacture or
supply of the stores covered by this order.
16. TRANSIT RISK
Indian Bidder - Transit Risk insurance shall be in the scope of vendor and shall be
covered by the Vendor in his quoted price.
Foreign Bidder - Transit insurance from F.O.B port of shipment or by Air shall be
arranged by the Owner. However, all transit insurance charges for inland transit
upto FOB Port of Shipment or airport should be included by the vendor in their
prices. Comprehensive MCE Insurance policy details shall be provided
upon placement of order.
17. RESPECT FOR DELIVERY DATES.
Time of delivery as mentioned in the Purchase Order shall be the essence of the
contract and no variation shall be permitted except with prior authorization in writing
from the Owner. Goods should be delivered securely packed and in good order and
condition at the place and within the time specified in the Purchase Order for their
delivery. Where no delivery period is expressly stated, it shall be construed as seven
days from the date of placing the order. The Owner reserves the right to defer the
period of delivery in writing. Where no delivery is expressly stated, it shall be
construed as seven days (from the date of LOI).
1 8 . DELAYED DELIVERY – Please refer cl. No. 7- Price Reduction Schedule of
Special Conditions of Purchase ( Chapter no. 4.0)
19. DELAYS DUE TO FORCE MAJEURE
i) In the event of causes of Force Majeure occurring within the agreed
delivery terms, the delivery dates can be extended by the Owner on receipt of
application from the Vendor without imposition of Price Reduction for Delay. Only
those causes which depend on natural calamities, civil wars and national strikes
which have a duration of more than seven consecutive calendar days are considered
the causes of force majeure. Causes like strikes / lockout at Vendor's works for
more than ten consecutive days and Government Act such as major power cut for
a consecutive minimum period of 30 days and other direct legislative
enforcement, shall also constitute Force Majeure. Any delay in or failure of the
performance of either part hereto shall not constitute default hereunder or give rise
to any claims for damage, if any, to the extent such delays or failure of
performance is caused by occurrences such as Acts of God or an enemy,
expropriation or confiscation of facilities by Government authorities, acts of war,
rebellion, sabotage or fires, floods, explosions, riots, or strikes. The Contractor shall
keep records of the circumstances referred to above and bring these to the notice of
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 53 of 131

the Engineer-in-Charge/Site-in-Charge in writing immediately on such occurrences. The
amount of time, if any, lost on any of these counts shall not be counted for the
Contract period. Decision of the Owner arrived at after consultation with the
Contractor, shall be final and binding. Such a determined period of time be
extended by the Owner to enable the Contractor to complete the job within such
extended period of time.
i. i ) The Vendor must advise the Owner and Procurement Coordinator /
Managers by Registered letter duly certified by local Chamber of Commerce
or statutory authorities, the beginning and the end of the cause of delay
immediately, but in no case later than 10 days from the beginning and end of such
cause of Force Majeure condition as defined above.
2 0 . REJECTION, REMOVAL OF REJECTED GOODS AND REPLACEMENT
In case the testing and inspection at any stage by Inspectors reveal the
equipment, material and workmanship do not comply with specification and
requirements, the same shall he removed by the Vendor at his its own expense and
risk within the time allowed by the Owner. The Owner shall be at liberty to dispose of
such rejected goods in such manner as may think appropriate. In the event, the
Vendor fails to remove the rejected goods within the period as aforesaid, all
expenses incurred by the Owner for such disposal shall be to the account of the
Vendor. The freight paid by the Owner, if any, on the inward journey of the rejected
materials shall be reimbursed by the Vendor to the Owner before the rejected
materials are removed by the Vendor.
The Vendor will have to proceed with the replacement of that equipment or part of
equipment without claiming any extra payment if so required by the Owner. The
time taken for replacement in such event will not be added to the contractual delivery
period.
21. TRANSFER OF PROPERTY FROM THE VENDOR TO THE OWNER
22. PRICE
The transfer of property shall be deemed to have taken place as FOR destination
location: On taking delivery from the transporters at the destination location.
Unless otherwise agreed to in the terms of the Purchase Order the price shall be
Firm and not subject to escalation for any reason whatsoever till the execution of
entire order, even though it might be necessary for the order execution to take
longer than the delivery period specified in the order.
23. TERMS OF PAYMENT
Please refer Special Condition of Purchase.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 54 of 131

24. INVOICING
Please refer Special Condition of Purchase.
25. RECOVERY OF SUMS DUE
Whenever any claim against the Vendor for payment of a sum of money arises out
of or under tile contract, the Owner shall be entitled to recover such sums from any
sum due to them or which at any time thereafter may become due from the Vendor
under this or any other contract with the Owner and should this sum be not
sufficient to cover tile recoverable amount, tile Vendor shall pay to the Owner on
demand tile balance remaining due.
26. CHANGES
The Owner has the option at any time to make changes in quantities ordered or in
specification and drawings. If such changes cause an increase or decrease in the
price or in the time required for supply, an equitable adjustment under this provision
must be finalised within 10 days from the date when change is ordered.
27. CANCELLATION
The Owner reserves the right to cancel this Purchase Order or any part thereof and
shall be entitled to rescind the contract wholly or in part in a written notice to the
Vendor if,
i. The Vendor fails to comply with the terms of this Purchase Order.
ii. The Vendor fails to deliver the goods on time and or replace the
Rejected goods promptly.
iii. The Vendor becomes bankrupt or goes into liquidation
iv. The Vendor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors
v. A receiver is appointed for any of the property owned by the Vendor
Upon receipt of the said cancellation notice, the Vendor shall discontinue all work on
the Purchase Order and matters connected with it.
The Owner in that event will be entitled to procure the requirement in the Open
market and recover the excess payment over the Vendor's agreed price, if any, from
the Vendor, reserving to itself the right to forfeit the security deposit, if any made by
the Vendor against the contract.
The Vendor is aware that the said goods are required by the Owner for the
ultimate purpose of materials production and that non delivery may cause loss of
production and consequently loss of profit to the Owner, In the event of the Owner
exercising the option to claim damages for non-delivery other than by way of
difference between the market price and the contract price, the Vendor shall pay to
the Owner the fair compensation to be agreed upon between the Owner and the
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 55 of 131

Vendor.
The provision of this clause shall not prejudice the right of tile Owner from
invoking the provisions of clause' Delayed Delivery/ Price Reduction Schedule as
stated in the tender.
The Owner may terminate the order at any time if the Vendor does not adhere to or
all agreed terms and conditions. In such case the Owner has the option to buy complete
or incomplete components with or without verification/Inspection at mutually agreed
prices.
28. PATENTS AND ROYALTIES
Vendor shall protect and fully indemnify the purchaser from any claims for
infringement of patents, copy right, trade make or the like.
Vendor shall also protect and fully indemnify the Purchaser from any claims from
Vendor's Work men employees, their heirs, dependents, representatives etc. or from
any other person/persons or bodies/companies etc. for any act of commission
or omission while executing the order.
Vendor shall be responsible for compliance with all requirements under the laws and
shall protect and indemnify completely the Purchaser from any claim/ penalties
arising out of any infringements.
On acceptance of this order, the Vendor will be deemed to have entirely
indemnified the Owner and Procurement Coordinators/Managers from any legal
action or claims regarding compensation for breach of any patent rights.
29. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
The Vendor shall guarantee that any and all materials used in execution of the
Purchase Order shall be in strict compliance with characteristics, requirements and
specifications agreed upon and that the same shall be free from any defects.
Checking of Vendor's drawings by Procurement Coordinators/Managers and their
approval and permission to ship or dispatch the equipment and materials, granted
by inspectors shall not relieve the Vendor of any part of his/its responsibilities
of proper fulfillment of the requirements. The Vendor will guarantee that all
materials and equipment shall be repaired or replaced as the case may be at his
own expense in case tile same have been found to be defective in respect of
materials, workmanship or smooth and rated operation within a period of 12
months after the same have been put in service or 24 months from the date of
shipment whichever is earlier.
The guarantee period for the replacement part shall be twelve months starting from
the date on which the replacements are put in service. Acceptance by the Owner or
Inspectors of any equipment and materials or their replacement will not relieve the
Vendor of his/its responsibility concerning tile above guarantees. The Vendor shall
furnish a bank guarantee to support Vendor's performance. Please refer clause no.
6.0 of SCP for details of Bank Guarantee.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 56 of 131

3 0 . N O N W A I V E R
Failure of the Owner/Procurement Coordinators/consultants to insist upon any of the
terms or conditions incorporated in the Purchase Order or failure or delay to exercise
any right or remedies or by law or failure to properly notify Vendor in the event of
breach, or the acceptance of, or payment of any goods hereunder or approval of
design shall not release tile Vendor and shall not be deemed a waiver of any
right of the owner or procurement Coordinators / Managers to insist upon the
strict performance thereof or of any of his or their rights or remedies as to any
such goods regardless of when goods are shipped, received or accepted nor shall
any purported oral modification or revision of the order by Procurement Coordinators /
Managers act as waiver of tile terms hereof.
3 1 . NON ASSIGNMENT
The Purchase Order shall not be assigned to any other agency by the Vendor
without obtaining prior written consent of Owner. Any assignment of this
Purchase Order or of any of the rights hereunder in any manner or under any
certificates by operation of the law or otherwise shall be void without prior written
consent at the Purchaser.
3 2 . PART ORDER / REPEAT ORDER
32.1 PART ORDER
Vendor hereby agrees to accept part orders at Owner's option without any
limitation whatsoever; however individual quantity will not be split unless
otherwise specified. All lump sum charges quoted by the vendor will be
calculated on pro rata basis in case of part order.
32.2 REPEAT ORDER
A repeat order can be placed within 1 (one) year of the issuance of the original Order
upto 100% of the original quantity (item wise) subject to value limit of individual
items not more than 1(one) crore at the sole discretion of Owner / Consultant.
3 3 . VENDOR'S DRAWINGS AND DATA REQUIREMENT
The Vendor shall submit drawings, data and documentation in accordance with but
not limited to what is specified in the requisition and / or in Vendor drawings and data
form attached to the Purchase Order as called for in clause 8, viz, 'Expediting'
above. The types, quantities and time limits of submitting this must be respected in
its entirety failing which the Purchase Order shall not be deemed to have been
executed for all purposes including settlement of payment since the said submission is
an integral part of Purchase Order execution. For all purposes the Owner reserve the
right to withhold and / or deduct from any payments due to the seller.
3 4 . TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Drawings, specifications & details shall be the property of the Owner and shall be
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 57 of 131

eturned by the Vendor on demand. The Vendor shall not make use of drawing and
specifications for any purpose at any time save and except for the purpose of the
Owner.
The Vendor shall not disclose the technical information furnished to or gained by the
Vendor under or by virtue or as a result of the implementation of this Purchase
Order to any person, firm or body or corporate authority and shall make all
endeavors to ensure that the technical information is kept
CONFIDENTIAL.
The technical information imparted and supplied to the Vendor by the Owner shall
at all times remain the absolute Property of the Owner.
3 5 . SERVICES OF VENDOR'S PERSONNEL (IF APPLICABLE)
Upon two weeks advance notice, the Vendor shall depute the necessary
personnel to site for supervision of erection and start up of the equipment and train
few of the Owner's personnel for the operation and maintenance of the equipment if
required, by the Owner. The terms and conditions for the services of the Vendor shall
be mutually settled.
3 6 . VENDOR'S LIABILITY
The Vendor's workmen or employees shall under no circumstances be deemed
to be in Owner's employment and the Vendor shall hold himself responsible fo any
claim or claims which they or their heirs, dependents, personal
representatives may have or make for damages or compensation for anything done
or committed to be done in the course of carrying out the work covered by this
Purchase Order whether arising on Owner premises or elsewhere and agrees to
indemnify the Owner against any such claim or claims if made against the Owner
and all cost ( between attorney and client) of proceedings, suits or action which the
Owner may incur / sustain in respect of the same. The Vendor shall also procure and
keep in force at his own cost comprehensive Automobile Liability insurance for
adequate coverage in respect of all his vehicles visiting or plying in project premises.
The Vendor shall also be responsible for compliance of existing laws in respect of
their workman and employees.
37. OWNER'S MATERIAL
(a) Owner's material shall be delivered to the Vendor against submission of
Bank Guarantee for indemnifying the full value there of strictly in the
manner and as per proforma of bank Guarantee approved by the Owner.
(b) Wherever possible the material shall be consigned to Vendor's siding. In
the event the Vendor does not have any siding, materials shall be
consigned to the Public siding/goods depot to be specifically confirmed by
Vendor Loading / Unloading and any handling from the siding/destination
shall be arranged by the Vendor at his responsibility and cost
(c) The Vendor shall give a firm and binding list of Owner issue materials and
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 58 of 131

38. HEADINGS
the desired schedule of its delivery to Shop floor strictly in accordance
with the sequence of fabrication vis-a-vis the contract delivery period.
(d) Unused material or scrap from material supplied by the Owner to the
Vendor shall be returned by the Vendor to the Owner.
The headings of the conditions hereof shall not affect construction thereof:
39. ARBITRATION
39 a) INDIAN BIDDER
1) All disputes and differences of whatsoever nature, whether existing or
which shall at any time arise between the parties hereto touching or concerning the
agreement, meaning, operation or effect thereof or to the rights and liabilities of the
parties or arising out of or in relation thereto whether during or after completion of the
contract or whether before after determination, foreclosure, termination or breach of the
agreement (other than those in respect of which the decision of any person is, by the
contract, expressed to be final and binding) shall, after written notice by either party to
the agreement to the other of them and to the Appointing Authority hereinafter mentioned,
be referred for adjudication to the Sole Arbitrator to be appointed as hereinafter provided.
2) The appointing authority shall either himself act as the Sole Arbitrator or nominate some
officer/retired officer of Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited (referred to as owner or
HPCL) or a retired officer of any other Government Company in the Oil Sector of the
rank of Ch. Manager & above or any retired officer of the Central Government not below
the rank of a Director, to act as the Sole Arbitrator to adjudicate the disputes and
differences between the parties. The contractor/vendor shall not be entitled to raise
any objection to the appointment of such person as the Sole Arbitrator on the ground that
the said person is/was an officer and/or shareholder of the owner, another Govt.
Company or the Central Government or that he/she has to deal or had dealt with the
matter to which the contract relates or that in the course of his/her duties, he/she has/had
expressed views on all or any of the matters in dispute or difference.
3) In the event of the Arbitrator to whom the matter is referred to, does not accept the
appointment, or is unable or unwilling to act or resigns or vacates his office for any
reasons whatsoever, the Appointing Authority aforesaid, shall nominate another person as
aforesaid, to act as the Sole Arbitrator.
4) Such another person nominated as the Sole Arbitrator shall be entitled to proceed with the
arbitration from the stage at which it was left by his predecessor. It is expressly agreed
between the parties that no person other than the Appointing Authority or a person
nominated by the Appointing Authority as aforesaid, shall act as an Arbitrator. The
failure on the part of the Appointing Authority to make an appointment on time shall only
give rise to a right to a Contractor to get such an appointment made and not to have any
other person appointed as the Sole Arbitrator.
5) The Award of the Sole Arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties to the
Agreement.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 59 of 131

6) The work under the Contract shall, however, continue during the Arbitration
proceedings and no payment due or payable to the concerned party shall be withheld
(except to the extent disputed) on account of initiation, commencement or pendency of
such proceedings.
7) The Arbitrator may give a composite or separate Award(s) in respect of each dispute or
difference referred to him and may also make interim award(s) if necessary.
8) The fees of the Arbitrator and expenses of arbitration, if any, shall be borne equally by
the parties unless the Sole Arbitrator otherwise directs in his award with reasons. The
lumpsum fees of the Arbitrator shall be Rs. 40,000/-per case for transportation
contracts and Rs. 60,000/for engineering contracts and if the sole Arbitrator completes
the arbitration including his award within 5 months of accepting his appointment, he
shall be paid Rs. 10,000/-additionally as bonus. Reasonable actual expenses for
stenographer, etc. will be reimbursed. Fees shall be paid stagewise i.e. 25% on
acceptance, 25% on completion of pleadings/documentation, 25% on
completion of arguments and balance on receipt of award by the parties.
9) Subject to the aforesaid, the provisions of the “Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996”
orany statutory modification or re-enactment thereof and the rules made thereunder,
shall apply to the Arbitration proceedings under this Clause.
10) The Contract shall be governed by and constructed according to the laws in force in
India. The parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts situated at
Mumbai for all purposes. The Arbitration shall be held at Mumbai and conducted in
English language.
11) The Appointing Authority is the Functional Director of Hindustan Petroleum
Corporation Limited.
39 (b) 1. Foreign Bidder
Disputes or difference arising out of or in relation to this agreement shall be
settled by Arbitration in India. The arbitration shall be by a Sole Arbitrator
appointed by HPCL.
The Sole Arbitrator will adjudicate the disputes and differences between the
parties except those in respect of which the decision of any person is by the
agreement expressed to be final and binding.
2. In the event of the Sole Arbitrator to whom the matter is originally referred to, is unable
to act or he/she vacates the office, HPCL, shall nominate another Sole Arbitrator to
settle the said disputes and differences.
3. The second Sole Arbitrator shall be entitled to proceed with the arbitration from the
stage at which it was left by his/her predecessor.
4. The award of the arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all the parties to
the agreement subject to the provisions of the # Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996,
as in force in India and the rules made thereunder and for the time being in force. This
agreement shall be covered by the laws of India.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 60 of 131

5. The award shall be made in writing and shall be published by the Sole Arbitrator within
six months after entering upon reference or within such further time mutually
extended by the parties. The Sole Arbitrator shall have power to order and direct the
parties to abide by, observe and perform such directions as the Sole Arbitrator may
think fit and proper to issue having regard to the fact that the arbitration proceedings
have to be completed within the specified period solely on the principles of Natural
Justice.
6. The Sole Arbitrator shall be at liberty to appoint, if so necessary, any Accountant or
Engineer or other person to assist him/her and act by the opinion so taken.
The Sole Arbitrator shall have powers to make one or more awards whether
interim or otherwise in respect of the disputes and differences, and in
particular, shall make separate awards in respect of each claim or cross claim of
the parties.
8. The Sole Arbitrator shall be entitled to direct any of the parties to pay the cost of
arbitration in such a manner and to such an extent as the Sole Arbitrator may in his
discretion determine and shall also be entitled to require one or both the parties to
deposit funds in such proportions to meet the arbitration expenses. The parties to
arbitration, whenever called upon to do so, shall be bound to comply with such
directions without any demur.
9. Notwithstanding anything contained to any other law, the parties hereby agree that
the courts in the city of Mumbai alone shall have jurisdiction in respect of all or
anything arising under this agreement and any award(s) made by the Sole Arbitrator
hereunder shall be filed in the court in the city of Mumbai only.
40. JURISDICTION
The Vendor hereby agrees that the Courts, situated in Mumbai alone shall have the
jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions and proceedings arising out of this
contract.
41. IMPORT LICENCE:
Relevant particulars of the Import license / Import policy shall be duly indicated In the
shipping documents and Invoice.
42. DELAYS AND NON-CONFORMANCE:
In case of Delivery schedule not being adhered to in progressing the
manufacture of supply the Purchaser has the right to:
(i) Cancel the order wholly or in part-without any liability to Cancellation charges
and procure the goods elsewhere, In which case Vendor shall make good the
difference between the cost of goods procured elsewhere and price set forth in
the order with the Vendor.
(ii) Hire for the period of delay goods meeting the specifications from elsewhere at
Vendor's cost.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 61 of 131

In the event of rejection of non-conforming goods, the Vendor shall be allowed to
correct the non-conformities without extension in delivery period. If vendor fails to
do so within the stipulated time, the Purchaser shall have the right to recover
actual expenses incurred by Purchaser in installing and removing the nonconforming
goods. This shall not prejudice the right of the Purchaser for invoking
the provisions of price reduction for delayed deliveries as aforesaid.
43. SUBSTITUTION AND WRONG SUPPLIES
Unauthorised substitution or materials delivered in error or of wrong description
or quality or supplied in excess quantity or rejected goods shall be returned to the
Vendor at the Vendors cost and risk.
44. EFFECT AND VALIDITY OF OFFER:
The submission of any bid with connected documents and specification
contained under’s request for quotation shall constitute a bid and the vendor shall
have no cause for action or claim against the consultant / purchaser for rejection
of his Bid. The consultant / purchaser shall always be at liberty to accept or reject
any or all bids at their sole discretion and any such action will not be called into
question and the vendor shall have no claim in this regard against consultant /
purchaser
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 62 of 131

CHAPTER: 4
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 63 of 131

INDEX
1.0 BRIEF SCOPE OF WORK
2.0 VOID
3.0 BID PRICES
4.0 DELIVERY PERIOD
5.0 VOID
6.0 CONTRACT PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE
7.0 PRICE REDUCTION FOR DELAY IN DELIVERY
8.0 INSURANCE
9.0 PAYMENT TERMS
10.0 RECOVERY OF FAILURE OF ITEMS
11.0 OVERALL LIABILITY
12.0 LIABILITY CLAUSE
13.0 GOVT. ACTS/ REGULATIONS
14.0 INDEMNIFY OWNER
15.0 ARBITRATION
16.0 INSPECTION
17.0 SELLER’S STANDARD CONDITIONS
18.0 PATENTS, INFRINGEMENT & INDEMNITY
19.0 SUBSTITUTION, WRONG SUPPLIES AND SHORT SUPPLIES
20.0 BANK CHARGES/ STAMP DUTIES/ TAXES
21.0 HIGH SEA SALES
22.0 TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR SUPERVISION OF ERECTION,
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
23.0 DETAILS TO BE SUBMITTED BY FOREIGN BIDDER
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 64 of 131

The following articles shall supplement the Instructions to Bidders and General Purchase
Conditions. In case of any conflict between Instructions to Bidders and General Purchase
Conditions and Special Conditions of Purchase, the latter shall prevail to the extent applicable.
1.0 BRIEF SCOPE OF WORK
2.0 VOID
Bidder’s scope of supplies shall be in strict compliance with the enclosed
Technical specifications.
3. 0 BID PRICES
3.1 Prices shall be furnished strictly in the appropriate price Schedule format
enclosed with the bid document (Chapter-5).
3.2 Quoted prices for supply/ services shall remain firm and fixed till complete
execution of order irrespective of any change in cost of raw material,
labour, statutory or otherwise and or variation in quantities as per clause 3.7
of SCP.
3.3 Quoted prices shall be inclusive of all testing and inspection requirements
(including stage wise and final inspection by Owner/ Owner’s Consultant for which
no extra charges shall be paid) as specified in the bid document. However, Personal and
incidental expenses of Owner’s / Owner’s Consultant’s inspectors are not in
vendor’s scope. Transit Insurance shall be arranged as per clause no.16 of GPC,
Chapter-3.
3.4 Bidder’s quoted prices shall be deemed to include entire scope of work and all
obligations and responsibilities to be carried out/ executed by the Bidder as per
terms of bid document.
3.5 The supplier / contractor agrees to and does hereby accept full and exclusive
liability for the payment of Anti Dumping Duty now or hereafter imposed,
increased, modified. Tax deductions will be made as per the rules and
regulations in force in accordance with acts prevailing from time to time.
3.6 Quoted prices must be net of discount, if any.
3. 7 Quantity Variation
Owner reserves the right, at the time of award of contract, to increase or
decrease the quantity of goods for all items as specified in the bid document up to
+/-25% without any change in the unit prices (as well as lump sum prices, if any)
and other terms and conditions. Bidder’s quoted prices shall be valid for such
quantity variation.
3.8 Income Tax / Corporate Tax:
3.8.1 As regards Income Tax, Surcharge on Income Tax or any other Corporate Tax
payable by the Bidder for reason of the contract awarded, and / or on their
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 65 of 131

expatriate personal, the Owner shall not bear any Tax liability whatsoever,
irrespective of the mode of construction of contract / order. The Bidder shall be liable
and responsible for payment of such tax, if attracted under the provision of Indian
Income Tax Act.
3.8.2 Bidder may note that if any tax is deductible at source as per Indian Income Tax
Law, the same will be so deducted before releasing any payment to the Bidder and
a TDS (Tax deducted at source) certificate will be furnished to the Bidder.
Accordingly, Bidder shall have the responsibility to check and include such
provision of taxes in the prices.
3.8.3 In case of delay in delivery due to reasons attributable to bidder, any new or
additional taxes or duties levied by statutory authorities during this period shall be
borne by the Bidder.
3.9 Taxes & Duties
3.9.1 Indian Bidder
3.9.1.1 Bidder shall to correctly ascertain all applicable taxes & duties (including Octroi /
entry tax, if applicable) and quote rates accordingly. The bidder shall be
exclusively responsible for taxes & duties quoted in the offer and evaluation (on the
basis as defined at point no. 1.0 of RFQ)) as well as payment shall be made against
the quoted taxes & duties (including Octroi & entry tax, if applicable) only as per
actual against documentary evidence.
3.9.1.2 Bidder shall not be allowed to change taxes/duties after tender due
date/extended due date without the written consent of Owner / Consultant.
3.9.1.3 Variations of taxes and duties quoted in the bid and arising out of the
amendments to the Central / State enactments and introduction of new tax on
finished goods, in respect of sale of goods / services covered under this bid shall be
to HPCL’s account, so long as :They relate to the period after the opening of the unprice
bid, but before the contracted completion period ( excluding permitted
extensions due to delay on account of the contractors, if any) or the actual
completion period, whichever is earlier; and> The vendor furnishes
documentary evidence of incurrence of such variations.> The variation as
above shall be paid for any new statutory tax/levy
introduced for the first time as per the above referred period. However, any
increase in the rate of these taxes and duties beyond the contractual delivery
period shall be to Seller’s account.
3.9.1.4 In case of delay in delivery/Delay in completion due to reasons attributable to
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 66 of 131

idder, any new or additional taxes or duties levied by statutory authorities during this
period shall be borne by the Bidder.
3.9.1.5 Any decrease in the rate of these taxes and duties shall be passed on to the
Purchaser even after contractual delivery period.
3.9.1.6 Irrespective of taxes/duties quoted by bidder in the tender, bidder shall be fully
responsible for the payment of any and all taxes, duties, octroi, rates, cess, levies
and statutory payments payable under all or any of the statutes etc.
3.9.1.7 Bidder would be required to submit tax invoice (with service tax / VAT
registration number) at the time of payment (in case job is awarded to the
bidder).
3.9.1.8 However if any new taxes etc. is in substitute of existing taxes, same will
be considered on merit of each case.
3.9.1.9 No set off (including set off on account of taxes/duties) shall be considered in
evaluation for deciding L1 bidder.
3.9.1.10 BIDDERS TO QUOTE CONSIDERING CST/VAT/SALESTAX APPLICABLE AT
FULL RATES SINCE FOR THIS TENDER HINDUSTAN PETROLEUM
CORPORATION LIMITED SHALL NOT ISSUE “C” FORM.
3.9.1 .11 Until & unless specified explicitly in tender, Road Permit shall not be issued by
HPCL
.
3.9.2 Foreign Bidder
Foreign Bidders prices shall include all taxes, duties, levies and any other
charges including export licensing, if any, upto the FOB international Port of
Shipment.
3.10 Indian (domestic) Bidder
3.10.1 Indian bidder shall quote their prices in Indian Rupees only.
3.10.2 Domestic Bidders shall quote prices on FOT Dispatch Point basis including
Packing & forwarding. Firm Freight charges shall be quoted from bidder’s
dispatch point upto destinations.
3.10.3 The Contract Price shall include the following duties i.e. Custom Duties, CVD,
additional CVD for all materials and consumables envisaged to be imported for
incorporation in the permanent works. It shall be clearly understood by the
Contractor that custom duty shall neither be paid nor reimbursed by
Employer/Consultant. Contractor shall be fully responsible for port clearance
including stevedoring, handling, unloading, loading, storage, inland
transportation and receipt of materials at site etc. and cost thereof shall be
included in the contract price. The contractor shall also be fully responsible for
any delays, penalties, demurrages, shortages and other charges and losses, if any,
in this regard.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 67 of 131

3.10.4 In case bid is based on certain imported raw materials/components required for
manufacture of offered goods, such Bidder shall furnish his prices based on the
basis of Merit Rate of custom duty and same shall be included in the quoted price.
3.10.5 Bidder shall furnish the quantum of imports involved for imports of necessary raw
materials and components giving CIF value on unit basis of imports considered and
included in quoted FOT dispatch point prices.
3.10.6 In case of bidder’s proposal on the basis of Merit Rate of Customs Duty for their
built-in import content, bidder shall ascertain the applicable merit rate(s) of
Customs duty, and shall be solely responsible towards applicability and
correctness of such rates.
3.10.7 The bidder is required to check the applicability of Customs duty, CVD,
Education Cess etc. at the present rates at the time of bid. Bidder shall be solely
responsible for obtaining such benefits, under the above said notification, which were
considered in their bid and in case of failure to receive such benefits; the Owner will
not compensate the bidder. Further compliance of necessary statutory stipulations
including obtaining requisite license and liasioning with statutory authorities for
completing all formalities in this regard shall be solely the bidder’s responsibility. Owner
shall not be responsible for any non-compliance and/or lack of information on the
part of bidder in this respect. Also, Indian Bidder shall produce documents to the
satisfaction of Customs Authorities/ Owner/ Owner’s consultant that the materials
imported have been exclusively and fully utilized for the execution of the supplies
covered in the purchase order only.
3.10.8 Any foreign exchange rate variation on the actual CIF value of import content but
subject to the maximum of such variation payable on quoted CIF value, as
applicable on the date of bill of lading (TT Selling rate) of import content, shall be to
Owner’s account. However, any increase in CIF value of import content on account
of such exchange rate variation beyond the contractual delivery period, shall be to
Bidder’s account and any decrease shall be passed on to Owner.
3.10.9 In the event raw materials/component’s procurement is delayed beyond the
contractual delivery Schedule, foreign exchange rate and customs duty rate
prevailing on the last date of such contractual delivery Schedule, or actuals,
whichever is lower shall be taken as the base for payment of variation on these
accounts.
3.10.10 Bidder shall consider the exchange rate (TT selling rate) of the date, as on one
week prior to bid due date/ extended due date (as per SBI, Mumbai) for
conversion of built-in CIF import content in their quoted FOT dispatch point prices.
3.10.11 Foreign Exchange rate variation and Customs duty variation on CIF content as
referred above shall be payable on documentary evidence like Bill of Entry, Bank
advice etc. or any other document as sought by HPCL shall be submitted by the
bidder along with each invoice for such adjustment.
3.10.12 Any statutory variation in the rate of customs duty on the date of actual
imports(including any consequential variation in customs duty on account of
foreign exchange rate variation) on the actual CIF value of import content, but
subject to maximum of such duty payable on quoted CIF value, shall be to
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 68 of 131

Owner’s account. However, any increase in the rate of customs duty beyond the
contractual delivery period shall be to Bidder’s account and any decrease shall be
passed on to Owner.
No variation in CVD shall be payable by Owner.
3.10.13 It is the responsibility of Bidder to take into consideration the applicable rates for
Customs duty, CVD, Education Cess etc. and indicate rates considered along with
the customs classification.
3.10.14 In case, there is no Import Content in the quoted prices, Bidders to mention "NA"
(Not Applicable) in the relevant columns of related format).
3.11 Foreign Bidder
3.11.1 Foreign Bidder shall quote their prices in US Dollars OR in the Currency of
Country of Origin.
3.11.2 Ocean Transportation:
3.11.2.1 In case of FOB Contracts, the shipping arrangements shall be made through the
nominated agents of Ministry of Surface Transport (Govt. of India) in accordance with
clause 14.a of enclosed “General Purchase Conditions”.
3.11.2.2 However, in case of CFR Contracts, no such restriction for shipment shall apply
and arrangements for shipment can be made through any reputed shipping
company by first class direct vessels approved by Lloyds or any other such
Agency applicable in the country of shipment.
3.11.2.3 Foreign Bidders shall quote their CFR prices for Ocean transportation to Indian
Ports of Entry- Mumbai Port / Navasheva (JNPT-Jawaharlal Nehru Port Trust) Port.
3.11.2.4 Owner reserves the right to place the order on FOB or on CFR basis. Owner may
initially place order on FOB basis and the order may be converted to CFR basis within
three months from the date of Fax of Intent. Accordingly, Bidders quoted CFR prices
shall remain valid upto 3 months from the date of Fax of Intent.
3.11.2.5 All shipments shall be under deck only.
3.11.2.6 Bidder to note that “Special Packaging Requirements” shall be complied in
accordance with clause no. 13.a of GPC.
4.0 DELIVERY PERIOD
4.1 The Delivery schedule for each item shall be as stipulated in Chapter-6 of bid
document.
4.2 In case Bidder gets order for more than one item, the delivery schedule, as per
Chapter-6 shall be adhered to for individual items respectively.
4.3 It may be noted that bids offering delivery beyond the delivery schedule as
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 69 of 131

specified in Chapter-6 will be treated as non-responsive and rejected.
4.4 The delivery period shall be reckoned from the date of Letter of Intent / Fax of
Intent. The Delivery Date shall be reckoned as under:
Order Basis Delivery Date
a. Indian Bidder FOT site / Door Delivery Date of handing over and receipt of
material by Owner.
b. Foreign Bidder FOB port of exit / CFR Date of clean bill of lading
4.5 After award of order, vendor may improve the deliveries when compared to that
stipulated under Chapter-6 of bid document.
5.0 VOID
6.0 CONTRACT PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE [CPBG / PBG]
6.1 Further to Terms specified in clause 29 of General Purchase Conditions , as a
Performance security, the successful Bidder, to whom the work is awarded, shall be
required to furnish within 15 days of notification of award of contract (Letter of Intent /
Fax of Intent) a Performance Bank Guarantee as per proforma attached herewith in
favor of the Owner.
6.2 The Bank Guarantee amount shall be equal to TEN PERCENT (10%) of the
Total Order Value and it shall guarantee the faithful performance of the Order in
accordance with the Terms and conditions specified in the documents and
specifications. In case of foreign bidder an additional BG equivalent to 5% of order
value need to be submitted as mentioned at cl. No. 9.2.3 of Special Conditions of
Purchase.
6.3 Indian Bidder - The CPBG shall be in the form of an irrevocable Bank
Guarantee (in the format at Annexure-5 of Chapter-8 ) issued by any Scheduled Bank
other than Co-operative Bank. Bank Guarantee shall be in favour of ‘M/s Hindustan
Petroleum Corporation Limited.
Foreign Bidders- The CPBG shall be in the form of an irrevocable Bank Guarantee (in the
format at Annexure-5 of Chapter-8) issued by any reputed international bank with bank
guarantee to be confirmed by a scheduled bank other than co-operative bank
located in India. Bank Guarantee shall be in favour of ‘M/s Hindustan Petroleum Corporation
Limited.
6.4 The Bank Guarantee shall be valid for the entire period of the Contract, namely,
till the end of the guarantee / warranty period plus 03 (three) months. The
guarantee amount shall be payable without demur and demand to the Owner in the
currency of the Contract.
6.5 The Total Order Value for CPBG purpose shall be as under:
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 70 of 131

Indian Bidders:
FOT dispatch value including Loading on to Trailers/ Trucks but excluding Excise Duty,
Sales Tax, transportation charges etc.,
Foreign Bidders:
In case Order is placed on FOB/ CFR basis, the FOB value
6.6 In case, the Contract Performance Bank Guarantee stated above gets reduced/
deducted for reasons of non fulfillment of any Contractual obligations upto the
completion of guarantee period, the Bidder shall immediately take action to
increase the value of Bank Guarantee to TEN PERCENT (10%) of the Contract
price, to cover his guarantee/ warranty obligations.
6.7 The Performance Guarantee will be returned to the Bidder without any interest at
the end of the warranty / guarantee period subject to fulfillment of all contractual
obligations by the Bidder.
6.8 The PBG shall be held interest free and no bank charges shall be payable by
Owner / Consultant towards the PBG submitted by the bidders.
7.0 PRICE REDUCTION FOR DELAY IN DELIVERY
7.1 The clause no. 18 of General Purchase Conditions shall be read as stated
below:
The time and date of delivery of stores / materials / equipment as stipulated in the
order shall be deemed to be the essence of contract. In case of delay in execution
of the order beyond the' date of delivery as stipulated in the order or any extension
sanctioned, the Owner may at his option either:
i) Accept delayed delivery at prices reduced by a sum equivalent to ONE
HALF OF ONE percent (1/2%) of the value of any goods not delivered
for every week of delay or part thereof, limited to a maximum of 5% OF
TOTAL ORDER VALUE (as defined below), or
ii) Cancel the order in part or full and purchase such cancelled quantities
from elsewhere on account and at the risk of Vendor, without prejudice to its
rights under (i) above in respect of goods delivered. All costs and expenses
incurred by HPCL, if any, resulting from cancellation of order shall be
recovered from seller.
Further, incase, of delay in delivery, the bidder shall calculate the applicable
price reduction for delayed delivery and raise their invoices net of the same.
7.2 The Total Order Value for PRS purpose shall be as under:
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 71 of 131

Indian Bidders:
FOT dispatch value including Loading on to Trailers/ Trucks but excluding Excise Duty, Sales
Tax, transportation charges etc.,
Foreign Bidders:
In case Order is placed on FOB/ CFR basis, the FOB value.
7.3 In case seller fail’s to execute the order (if order placed on seller and
delayed beyond 10 WEEKS AFTER SCHEDULED DELIVERY/COMPLETION PERIOD)
as per tender terms & conditions, Owner / Consultant reserves the right to get the job
done / material supplied through separate agency at seller’s risk & cost.
7.4 Delivery dates will however, be extended without being subject to clause “Price
Reduction Schedule for Delay in Delivery”, in the event of cause due to force majeure in
accordance with clause no. 19.0 of GPC within the Contractual delivery periods.
8.0 INSURANCE
Transit Insurance shall be arranged as per clause no.16 of GPC, Chapter-3.
9.0 PAYMENT TERMS
Bidders to note that Advance Payment is not permissible in the contract.
9.1 INDIAN BIDDER
9.1.1 90 % of supply after 15 days from the date of receipt of certified bills at HPCL’s
Disbursement Section.
All payments shall be released within 15 days of receipt of duly certified
bill complete in all respects (as per tender by) HPCL disbursement
section at Delhi except final bill which shall be paid within 30 days of
receipt of certified at HPCL disbursement section, complete in all
respects as per tender.
9.1.2 Balance 10% of supply in 30 days after receipt of copy of PBG for 10% amount.
9.1.3 Payment against invoice shall be made on receipt of equipment / materials at site
against submission of following documents along with your Bill / Invoice:
i) Delivery Challan / Lorry Receipt
ii) Manufacturer's Test Certificate
iii) Third Party inspection / Clearance report
iv) Manufacture's Guarantee Certificate
v) Copy of Performance Bank Guarantee for 10% Basic Order Value
vi) Any other document specified in the Purchase Order.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 72 of 131

The financial settlement of Vendor's invoice is liable to be withheld in the event the
Vendor has not complied with submission of drawing data and such
documentation as called for in Purchase Order and ! or as required otherwise.
9.1.4 Payment shall be made in accordance with the following provisions:
The time for payment of invoices shall run only from the date of approval
specified in the order or from the date of receipt of Vendor's correct invoices,
whichever is later.
Wherever possible, payment shall be tendered to the contractor in electronic mode
(e-payment) through any of the designated banks. The contractor will comply by
furnishing full particulars of Bank account (mandate) to which the payments will be
routed. Owner reserves the right to make payment in any alternate mode also.
IN CASE THE ORDER IS FINALISED ON YOU AND THE MANDATE FOR
PROCESSING E-PAYMENT HAS NOT BEEN SUBMITTED BY YOU, THEN THE
PAYMENT MAY NOT BE EFFECTED TILL THE SUBMISSION OF E- MANDATE
BY YOU AND UPDATION OF NECESSARY AT OUR END. ANY CONSEQUENT
DELAYS IN PAYMENT WILL BE TO YOUR ACCOUNT AND HPCL SHALL NOT
BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAME.
IN CASE THE E-MANDATE HAS BEEN SUBMITTED EARLIER THE SAME IS NOT
REQUIRED TO BE RE-SUBMITTED.
9.2 FOREIGN BIDDER
9.2.1a 95 % (Ninety Five Percent) of supply against shipping document shall be paid
through an irrevocable letter of credit established in favour of the seller through a
Bank in his country. Bidder shall also submit copy of CPBG (as original already
submitted), while raising their invoice.
9.2.1b Balance 5% of supply on receipt of final drawings/documents etc. as specified in
Material Requisition and completion of supervision of performance testing and
successful commissioning at site as specified in Material Requisition.
9.2.2 Shipping document consist of Bill of lading, invoice, packing list, freight memo,
country of origin certificate, test certificate, Purchaser / Consultant’s inspection
release note, drawing catalogue etc. as specified in MR.
9.2.3 Letter of Credit shall be opened after receipt of unconditional acknowledgement
of order and the vendor shall furnish a bank guarantee in the enclosed proforma for
15% order value valid for the warranty period for covering 10% Performance Guarantee
and 5% price reduction or Delayed Deliveries.
9.3 SUPERVISION OF ERECTION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING (IF
APPLICABLE):
Payment shall be 100% against monthly bills to be submitted by Seller duly
certified by Site In-charge within 30 days of receiving duly certified bills.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 73 of 131

9.4 Payment Office:-
Finance Department - RKPL Project,
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited 8th
Floor, Scope Minar,
North Tower,
Laxmi Nagar, Delhi-110092.
9.5 INVOICING
9. 6 Notes
CENVATABLE Invoices and other documents such as TR/RR/GC note, delivery
challan etc. shall be sent as hereunder:
Original + Two (02) copies to Sr. Manager (Finance), Project Finance Dept. HPCL,
8 th Floor Scope Minar, Laxmi Nagar, New Delhi-110092.
Two (2) copies to Resident Construction Manager of the Project
One (1) copy to Procurement Dept. of the Consultant.
One (1) copy to Project Manager, Site.
The bills will be reduced by the amount recoverable, if applicable, towards Price
Reduction for delay in delivery.
a. Foreign Bidders
i) All foreign currency payments (for supplies) to foreign Bidder shall be
released through an irrevocable Letter of Credit, which shall be opened through
Government of India Nationalized Bank and hence shall not be confirmed.
In case any Bidder insists on confirmation, charges towards confirmation shall be
borne by him. LC shall be established within 30 days after receipt of unconditional
acceptance of Letter/ Fax of Intent together with Contract Performance Bank Guarantee
for 10% of Total Order value.
(ii) The bills will be reduced by the amount recoverable towards Price
reduction for delay, in case of delay in delivery. For this purpose the Bidder
shall negotiate the Invoice with the reduced amount.
(iii) Only the charges of Owner’s Bank in India shall be to Owner’s account. All
other Bank charges including those in Bidder’s country shall be to Bidder’s
account.
(iv) All payments shall be made in the Currency quoted.
(v) No Interest charges for delay in payments, if any, shall be payable by the Owner.
(vi) Invoices for the payment shall be restricted to maximum three numbers against
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 74 of 131

. INDIAN BIDDER
supply.
(vii) Owner will open LC’s as below.
a) For Supply
b) For Supervision of Erection and Commissioning & Training
i) The bills will be reduced by the amount recoverable towards Price
reduction for delay, in case of delay in delivery. For this purpose the
Bidder shall negotiate the Invoice with the reduced amount.
ii) All payments shall be made in the INR.
iii) No Interest charges for delay in payments, if any, shall be payable by the
Owner.
iv) In case of Indian Bidder (Bidder), variation, if any, on account of foreign
exchange rate and/or customs duty on their built-in import content, as per terms
of bid document, shall be claimed separately by Bidder after receipt of goods
at site(s). However, any price benefits to the Owner, on account of such
variation as per terms specified in the bid document, shall be passed on to
the Owner along with invoicing itself.
v) Invoices for the payment shall be restricted to maximum three numbers
against supply.
10.0 RECOVERY OF FAILURE OF ITEMS:
Pursuant to clause 29 of General Purchase Conditions , in case the items
supplied by the supplier fails during fabrication and or erection due to
manufacturing defect the supplier shall become liable to reimburse to HPCL the
landed cost for replacing the defective items, including all costs incurred up to
delivery thereof at site, all duties, freight, insurance, labour, material, charges for
cutting, removing, replacement, engineering and construction supervision
charges of consultant, and relaying of defective part(s), including cost of
incidental activities.
11.0 OVERALL LIABILITY:
Seller’s over all liability towards execution of this order will not exceed 100% (One
hundred Percent) of the total contract price without prejudice to any other rights the
purchaser may have as per terms & conditions of the contract.
12.0 LIABILITY CLAUSE
It is expressly understood and agreed by and between Bidder and M/s Hindustan
Petroleum Corporation Limited, (Indian Public Sector Undertaking) that M/s
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited is entering into this agreement solely on
its own behalf and not on behalf of any other person or entity. In particular, it is
expressly understood and agreed that the Government of India is not a party to this
agreement and has no liabilities, obligations or rights hereunder. It is expressly
understood and agreed that M/s Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited is an
independent legal entity with power and authority to enter into contracts solely on its
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 75 of 131

own behalf under the applicable Laws of India and general principles of Contract Law.
The Bidder expressly agrees, acknowledges and understands that M/s Hindustan
Petroleum Corporation Limited. is not an agent, representative or delegate of the
Government of India. It is further understood and agreed that the Government of
India is not and shall not be liable for any acts, omissions, commissions, breaches
or other wrongs arising out of the contract. Accordingly Bidder hereby expressly
waives, releases and foregoes any and all actions or claims, including cross claims,
impleader claims or counter claims against the Government of India arising out of this
contract and covenants not to sue to Government of India as to any manner, claim,
cause of action or thing whatsoever arising of or under this agreement.
13.0 GOVT. ACTS/ REGULATIONS
13.1 Any reference to the Govt. Acts / Regulations etc. in the Bid Document is only
indicative, and it is entirely for the Bidder to ascertain the applicable Acts /
Regulations.
14.0 INDEMNIFY OWNER
Owner has absolutely no liability whatsoever concerning the employees of the
Bidder. The Bidder shall indemnify Owner against any loss or damage or liability
arising out of or in the course of his/their employing persons or relation with
his/their employees
15.0 ARBITRATION
In clause no. 39 (a) of GPC the following clause is appended:-
Arbitration between Public Sector v/s. Government Department or vice versa :
In case of contracts/agreement to be executed between Public Sector
Enterprises / Government Departments, the following clause will be incorporated.
"In the event of any dispute or difference between the parties hereto, such
dispute or difference shall be resolved amicably by mutual consultation or
through the good offices of empowered agencies of the Government. If such
resolution is not possible, then, the unresolved dispute or difference shall be
referred to arbitration of an arbitrator to be nominated by Secretary, Department of
Legal Affairs ("Law Secretary"). The Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996) shall not be
applicable to the Arbitration under this clause. The award of the arbitrator shall be
binding upon the parties to the dispute, provided, however, that any party
aggrieved by such award may appeal for setting aside or revision of the award to
Law Secretary whose decision shall bind the parties finally and conclusively.
The said appeal should be filed within the period specified in the award of the
arbitrator."
It is essential that, to avoid delay in nomination of arbitrator or initiation of
arbitration proceeding, the Arbitration Clause or Agreement, as the case may be, is
forwarded without fail at the time of making request for reference to the Law Secretary
or Department of Legal Affairs.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 76 of 131

16.0 INSPECTION
All inspection shall be performed by Consultant or Consultant appointed
organization, approved by Owner and statutory bodies in accordance with data
sheets, drawings and specification incorporated in the commitment documents
transmitted to the vendor.
17.0 SELLER’S STANDARD CONDITIONS :
Seller’s standard conditions if any shall not be applicable to this Order and only
Purchaser’s general conditions/Special Conditions of contract and additional /
revised conditions as agreed between Maker(s) / Seller and Purchaser or bought out
in the reference documents of this Order shall apply.
18.0 PATENTS, INFRINGEMENT & INDEMNITY :
a) Seller shall protect and fully indemnify Purchaser from any claims for
infringement of patents, copyright, trade mark or the like.
b) Seller shall also protect and fully indemnity Purchaser from any claims
from Seller’s workmen/employees, their heirs, dependents,
representatives etc. Or from any other persons/persons or bodies/
companies etc. for any act of commission or omission while executing this
Order.
c) Seller shall be responsible for compliance with requirements under the
laws and shall protect and indemnify completely Purchaser from any
claims/penalties arising out of any infringements.
19.0 SUBSTITUTION, WRONG SUPPLIES AND SHORT SUPPLIES:
Unauthorized substitution or materials delivered in error, other than those
mentioned in the Purchase order, or material of sub-standard quality or supplied
in excess quantity (unless authorised by the buyer), shall be rejected and the
rejected goods if any shall be returned to Seller at Seller’s cost and risk.
20.0 BANK CHARGES/ STAMP DUTIES/ TAXES (Applicable for Foreign Bidder):
(i) All Bank Charges and Stamp Duties payable in supplier’s country in
connection with the payments to be made under this Purchase order shall be
borne by the Vendor. All Bank charges and Stamp Duties payable in India
shall be borne by the Purchaser
(ii) All taxes, duties and levies of any kind that may be payable upto the stage of
putting the material in FOB position shall be borne by the Vendor.
(iii) All taxes and duties payable in India on the materials shall be payable by the
Purchaser.
(iv) In case of amendments to LC arising out of supplier requirement / default, all
charges shall be borne by Supplier.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 77 of 131

21.0 HIGH SEA SALE BASIS
High sea sales not acceptable.
22.0 TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR SUPERVISION OF ERECTION, TESTING
AND COMMISSIONING
22.1 Bidder shall quote per diem charges which shall include Air/ Rail fare, lodging,
boarding, Traveling ,medical , local transport, all insurances, income/corporate
(as may be applicable) ,incidental charges and all other expenses .
The present service tax rate is 12.36%. The same shall be considered by the
bidders while quoting for the per diem charges for supervision. Any variation in
the service tax rate within contractual completion period shall be borne by
Purchaser and variation beyond contractual completion date shall be borne by
Bidder. Bidder to note that tax deposited at source under Income Tax Act 1961
(withholding tax) shall be borne by bidder.
22.2 No payment will be made for travel days/period.
22.3 Bidder will be responsible for all liabilities towards corporate tax, personal income
tax and service tax (as may be applicable) for their personnel deputed for the
supervision job. Any variation (s), including statutory, shall be to Vendor’s
account and the Owner shall not be liable for the same. Such tax(s) shall be
deducted at source by Owner while making payments against each invoice.
22.4 Working hours prevailing at site, normally 8 hours/day – Monday through
Saturday and holidays as applicable to Owner’s site personnel shall apply.
22.5 Vendor’s supervisory personnel to observe/abide by the working conditions,
safety codes & Indian law.
22.6 Vendor’s personnel shall be required to reach site within 15 days from the days
from the date of intimation from HPCL/WORLEYPARSONS for the supervision. In
case the vendor fails to deploy his personnel for supervision, HPCL reserves the
right to invoke PBG submitted by the vendor.
22.7 The successful bidder shall be paid for actual number of days spent for
installation & commissioning OR number of man days quoted for installation &
commissioning WHICHEVER IS LOWER.
However, for evaluation of bids, supervision charges shall be added to the rates
quoted against supply items. The supervision charges per item shall
be calculated as follows –
Supervision charges = No. of Mandays X Per diem rate quoted for per item
quoted by the bidder.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 78 of 131

23.0 DETAILS TO BE SUBMITTED BY FOREIGN BIDDER
Besides other details stated elsewhere in the tender document, the following
shall be submitted by bidder:
a) Bidders shall provide requisite details of supplies including consignment
details, packing list with weight , volume etc. within 15 days of placement
of order for shipping purpose.
b) Requisite details as per Annexure-16, Chapter-8 of items for Insurance by
HPCL.
24.0 No mandatory spares are required. This clause supersedes all clauses mentioned
elsewhere regarding Mandatory spares.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 79 of 131

CHAPTER 5
PRICE SCHEDULE
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 80 of 131

SL.
NO
.
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR INDIAN BIDDERS (PRICED BID)
Unit Price
Excise Duty CST/LST/VAT Unit Freight Service Tax Unit Transit Unit Octroi / Total Price Total Import Duty
Valve Type
Size
(NPS)
SCH/
RATING
COMMODITY CODE/ PIPE
ACTUATOR REF No CLASS
DESCRIPTION
Qty
(nos)
Ex-works
incl. P & F
charges,
taxes &
duties incl
custom
Destination duties if
HPCL any on Total Price
component Exworks
s
excluding ED
and raw & ST
material on finished
but
goods
In INR In INR
(Applicable Without charges extra including cess on Insurance Entry Tax FOT site
extra on concessional upto
Freight Charges charges extra upto including all
Col. 6) form respective (applicable extra on extra upto respective taxes It duties,
Project
(applicable
Col. 10) respective project Freight, Service
site(s)
extra on
project site.(Applica
including all
Tax on Freight,
Col. 6+8) taxes & duties
site (Applicable ble extra on Transit
except Transit
extra on Col. 6) Col.( 6+8+9) Insurance upto
Insurance,
) respective project
Octori /
site It Octroi/
Entry Tax &
Tax etc.
Service Tax
[{ (6)+(8)+(9)+
(10)+(11)+(12)+
% Amount % Amount In In INR % Amount % Amou % Amount Amount In
CIF
Value
of
Impo
rt
Cont
ent
include
d in
Col.
7
In INR
amount
considered on CIF
value at Col.15
and included in
Col. 7
[Item-wise details
to be filled in
Format CIF/ CD
(as enclosed
herewith)]
Amount In INR
In INR INR
In INR
nt In INR INR
In
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
1 Ball Valve
2 Ball Valve
3 Ball Valve
4 Ball Valve
5 Ball Valve
Note:
8
18
12 600
18 600
8 600
600 BA-C610-RG C1
600 BA-C610-RG C1
60-MOV-
1010/1041 C1
60-MOV-
1016/1017 C1
60-MOV-
1018/1019/1
020/1021
C1
BODY/BONNET – ASTM A216 WCB, TRIM -
SS 316 SEALS PTFE. DIMENSIONS /
DESIGN AS PER B 16.10 / BS EN ISO
17292, API 6D. FLOATING BALL UP TO 3”.
TRUNNION BALL ≥ 4”. REDUCED BORE,
GEAR OP., RF
BODY/BONNET – ASTM A216 WCB, TRIM -
SS 316 SEALS PTFE. DIMENSIONS /
DESIGN AS PER B 16.10 / BS EN ISO
17292, API 6D. FLOATING BALL UP TO 3”.
TRUNNION BALL ≥ 4”. REDUCED BORE,
GEAR OP., RF
MOTORISED WITH MANUAL OPERATION.
RAISED FINISH / SERRATED FINISH 125
AARH
MOTORISED WITH MANUAL OPERATION.
RAISED FINISH / SERRATED FINISH 125
AARH
MOTORISED WITH MANUAL OPERATION.
RAISED FINISH / SERRATED FINISH 125
AARH
01 Rewari
02 Rewari
02 Rewari
02 Rewari
04 Rewari
1) Evaluation shall be done on LOWEST DELIVERED COST BASIS. Bidder must quote for all items.
2) For Detailed description of each item, please refer Material Requisition (MR).
3) In case of discrepancy between rate of taxes, duties, transit insurance, octroi/ entry tax etc in % and amount quoted, rates in % shall prevail.
4) In case entry tax & octroi both are applicable, bidder should mention the same under two separate columns.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 81 of 131
Signature & Stamp of Bidder

Name of Bidder : PRICE SCHEDULE FOR INDIAN BIDDERS (PRICED BID)
PROJECT: RKPL PACKAGE
PACKAGE: BALL VALVES
2. SUPERVISION CHARGES:
Sr.
No.
1
Description
(2)
Per Diem rates for
Assistance in
Testing and
Commissioning of
MOV’s (DBIV & Ball
Valves). The price
shall be inclusive of
Airfare, Boarding,
Lodging, Local
Transport, Incidental,
Traveling etc. & all
other expenses. For
Rewari
Unit
(3)
DIEM
rate
(Per
Man
Day)
Qty.
(4)
Unit Price per Man-day inclusive of all cost
towards Air/ Rail fare, lodging,
boarding, Traveling ,medical , local
transport, all insurances,
income/corporate
(as may be applicable) ,incidental charges
and all other expenses, taxes It
duties etc. but excluding service tax
(5)
Note:
1) Bidder to indicate the number of days required for Supervision and also Per Diem Rates for the same.
Service Tax including cess applicable on
Col. (5)
(@ 12.36%)
(6)
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 82 of 131
Total Price inclusive of all cost towards Air/ Rail fare,
lodging, boarding, Traveling
,medical , local transport, all insurances,
income/corporate (as may be applicable)
,incidental charges and all other expenses , taxes It
duties etc. including service tax
(7) = (5 + 6) x 4
2) Bidder not indicating number of days will be evaluated based on maximum no. of days other bidder has quoted and shall be paid on minimum no of days other
bidder has quoted
3) Supervision Charges shall not be considered for evaluation purpose.
Signature & Stamp of Bidder

NAME OF BIDDER :
PROJECT: RKPL PROJECT
Package: BALL VALVES
DETAILS OF BUILT-IN-CIF VALUE OF IMPORT CONTENT, ITEM DETAILS OF IMPORT CONTENT AND RATES OF IMPORTS DUTY CONSIDERED AND INCLUDED IN QUOTED FOT
DESPATCH POINT PRICES UNDER PRICE SCHEDULE
Sl.
No.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
Item No.
as per
MR/ SOR
DESCRIPTION
Description of
Imported Items
TOTAL CIF IMPORT CONTENT
Qty. of Imported
Items
(as applicable)
(Unit____) *(1)
CIF value of Import
Content
included in quoted
supply prices
on per (as
applicable ) basis
Currency
Considered
CUSTO
M
TARRIF
NO.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 83 of 131
RATE OF CUSTOM DUTY INCLUDED IDN QUOTED SUPPLY PRICES
BASIC
CUSTO
MS
DUTY
(%)
CVD + EDU. EDU.
CESS ON CESS ON
CVD CUSTOM
(%) DUTY (%)
NOTE: *(1) Bidder shall indicate CIF value against each quoted item and give description of goods along with its quantities (UNIT TO BE SPECIFIED BY THE BIDDER)
location wise.
(2) Bidder has to ensure that currency quoted in this format shall be same with the currency quoted in the Price schedule format.
SAD
(%)
Signature & Stamp of Bidder
TOTAL CUSTOM
DUTY (%)

NAME OF BIDDER :
PROJECT: RKPL PROJECT
Package: VALVES
Location: REWARI
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR FOREIGN BIDDERS (PRICED BID)
Unit FOB Total FOB
SL.
NO.
Type
Size
SCH /
RATING
COMMODITY
CODE
PIPE
CLASS
Description of Items as per MR
International sea International
Total Price on
port of sea port of exit Unit Price on CFR CFR Mumbai ”Qty
Shipping Net Wt ( MT )
Qty
exit Price including Price
Mumbai X Unit CFR price”
(Nos.)
storage including storage
(3x6)
/ Gross Wt ( MT )
/ Volume ( M3)
(3 x 4 )
Amount Amount
(Currency____ ) (Currency____ )
(Currency____ ) (Currency____ )
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
BODY/BONNET – ASTM A216 WCB, TRIM - SS 316 SEALS PTFE.
(7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)8)
1 Ball Valve
8
600 BA-C610-RG C1
DIMENSIONS / DESIGN AS PER B 16.10 / BS EN ISO 17292, API 6D.
FLOATING BALL UP TO 3”. TRUNNION BALL ≥ 4”. REDUCED BORE,
GEAR OP., RF
BODY/BONNET – ASTM A216 WCB, TRIM - SS 316 SEALS PTFE.
01
2 Ball Valve
18
600 BA-C610-RG C1
DIMENSIONS / DESIGN AS PER B 16.10 / BS EN ISO 17292, API 6D.
FLOATING BALL UP TO 3”. TRUNNION BALL ≥ 4”. REDUCED BORE,
GEAR OP., RF
02
3 Ball Valve 12 600
4 Ball Valve 18 600
5 Ball Valve 8 600
60-MOV-
1010/1041
60-MOV-
1016/1017
60-MOV-
1018/1019/1
020/1021
C1
C1
C1
MOTORISED WITH MANUAL OPERATION. RAISED FINISH / SERRATED
FINISH 125 AARH
MOTORISED WITH MANUAL OPERATION. RAISED FINISH / SERRATED
FINISH 125 AARH
MOTORISED WITH MANUAL OPERATION. RAISED FINISH / SERRATED
FINISH 125 AARH
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 84 of 131
02
02
04
Signature & Stamp of Bidder

2. SUPERVISION CHARGES:
Sr.
No.
(1)
1
Description
(2)
Per Diem rates for Assistance in Installation, Testing and
Commissioning of Shutdown Valve .The price shall be
inclusive of Airfare, Boarding, Lodging, Local Transport,
Incidental, Traveling etc. & all other expenses. For
Rewari
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR FOREIGN BIDDERS (PRICED BID)
Note:
1) Bidder to indicate the number of days required for Supervision and also Per Diem Rates for the same.
Unit
(3)
DIEM
rate
(Per
Man
Day)
Qty.
(4)
2) Bidder not indicating number of days will be evaluated based on maximum no. of days other bidder has quoted and shall be paid on minimum no of days other
bidder has quoted
3) Supervision Charges shall not be considered for evaluation purpose.
Unit Price per Man-day
inclusive of all cost towards Air/
Rail fare, lodging, boarding,
Traveling, medical , local
Currency transport, all insurances,
(5) income/corporate (as may be
applicable) ,incidental charges
and all other expenses, taxes &
duties etc. but excluding
service tax (6)
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 85 of 131
Service Tax including cess
applicable on
Col. (6)
(@ 12.36%)
(7)
Total Price inclusive of all cost towards Air/ Rail
fare, lodging, boarding,
Traveling ,medical , local transport, all
insurances, income/corporate (as may
be applicable) ,incidental charges and all other
expenses , taxes & duties etc.
including service tax
(8) = (6 + 7) x 4
Signature & Stamp of Bidder

CHAPTER 6
DELIVERY SCHEDULE
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 86 of 131

DELIVERY SCHEDULE:
Indian Bidders: Within 28 weeks from the date of issue of Letter of Intent /Fax of Intent on FOT site Basis.
Foreign Bidders: Within 24 weeks from the date of issue of Letter of Intent /Fax of Intent on FOB port Basis
The detailed addresses of sites are mentioned below:-
REWARI
HINDUSTAN PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD.
Rewari Depot
Rewari Bawar Road,
Village Karnawas,
Rewari -123401
Contact person: Dharampal
Contact no: 09996620171
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 87 of 131

CHAPTER 7
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
(Refer Vol. II of II)
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 88 of 131

CHAPTER-8
PROFORMA, ANNEXURES & APPENDIX-1 FOR UN-PRICED BID
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 89 of 131

1 ANNUAL TURNOVER STATEMENT
2 BIDDER’S GENERAL INFORMATION
3 INTEGRITY PACT , IF APPLICABLE
4 BID SECURITY FORM
CHAPTER-8
PROFORMA & ANNEXURES
5 BANK GUARANTEE FOR PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
6 ADVICE FROM SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR FOR E-PAYMENT
7 CIF DETAILS
8 DECLARATION OF NOT BANNED
9 BID FORM
10 UNDERTAKING OF ADEQUATE CAPACITY
11 LETTER OF ATHOURITY
12 DEVIATION SHEET
13 NSIC CERTIFCATE DETAILS
14 CERTIFICATE OF NON-INVOLVEMENT OF AGENT
15 PROFORMA FOR DETAILS OF INDIAN AGENT
16 DECLARATION DETAILS FOR MARINE TRANSIT INSURANCE (TO BE
SUBMITTED BY FOREIGN BIDDER)
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 90 of 131

ANNUAL TURNOVER STATEMENT
ANNEXURE -1
The Bidder shall indicate herein his annual turnover during preceding 3 years based on the audited balance
sheet/profit & loss account statement.
Financial Year Annual Turnover
(Rs.)
2009-2010
2010-2011
2011-2012
Net Worth
NOTE:
Copies of audited balance sheets with Profit & Loss account statement for last 3 years are enclosed along
with the bid.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 91 of 131
(Rs.)
1. Bidder shall work out Net worth on following basis: Net Worth : Reserve + Capital -
Accumulated loss
Stamp and Signature of Bidder

BIDDER’S GENERAL INFORMATION
To
HPCL
1.1 Bidder Name:
1.2 Number of Years in Operation:
1.3 Registered Address :
1.4 Operation Address :
if different from above
1.5 Telephone Number :
(Country Code) (Area Code) (Tel. Number)
1.6 E-mail address & Web Site :
1.7 Telefax Number :
(Country Code) (Area Code) (Tel. Number)
ANNEXURE-2
1.8 ISO Certification, if any (if yes, please furnish details)
Stamp and Signature of Bidder
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 92 of 131

Annexure – 3
INTEGRITY PACT
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 93 of 131

MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 94 of 131

MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 96 of 131

MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 97 of 131

MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 98 of 131

MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 99 of 131

MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 100 of 131

BANK GUARANTEE IN LIEU OF EARNEST MONEY
(On Non-Judicial stamp paper of appropriate value)
TO :
HINDUSTAN PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED
8TH FLOOR, SCOPE MINAR, LAXMI NAGAR,
NEW DELHI- 110092
ANNEXURE- 4
IN CONSIDERATION OF MESSRS. HINDUSTAN PETROLEUM CORPORATION
LIMITED a Government of India Company registered under the Companies Act, 1956,
having its registered office at 17, Jamshedji Tata Road, Bombay-20
(hereinaftercalled “the Corporation” which expression shall include its successor in
business and assigns)issued a t e n d e r o n M e s s r s . a p a r t n e r s h i p
firm/sole proprietor business/a company registered under the
Companies A ct, 1956 having its office at (hereinafter called “the Tenderer” which
expression shall include its executors,
administrators and assigns) against Tender no dated (hereinafter called
‘thetender’ which expression shall include any amendments/ alterations to ‘the tender’
issued by “the Corporation”) for the supply of goods to/execution of services for “the
Corporation” and “the Corporation” having agreed not to insist upon immediate payment of
Earnest Money for the fulfillment of the said tender in terms thereof on production of an
acceptable Bank Guarantee for an amount of Rs (Rupees only).
We, .................................. Bank having office at ............................................... Bombay
(hereinafter referred to as “the Bank” which expression shall include its successors
and
assigns) at the request and on behalf of “the Tenderer” hereby agree to pay to
the
Corporation without any demur on first demand an amount not exceeding Rs ........... (Rupees
................................... only)against any loss or damage, costs, charges and expenses
caused to or suffered by “the Corporation” by reason of non performance and fulfillment
or for any breach on the part of “the Tenderer” of any of the terms and conditions of
thesaid ‘tender’.
2. We, .................................... Bank further agree that “the Corporation” shall be sole
Judge whether the said ‘Tenderer’ has failed to performor fulfill the said ‘tender’
in terms thereof or committed breach of any of the terms and conditions of ‘the
order’ and the extent of loss, damage, cost, charges and expenses suffered or
incurred or would be suffered or incurred by “the Corporation” on account thereof
and we waive in favour of “the Corporation” all the rights and defences to which we
as guarantors and/or “the Tenderer” maybe entitled to.
3. We, ............................... Bank further agree that the amount demanded by “the
Corporation” as such shall be final and binding on “the Bank” as to “the Bank” 's
liability to pay and the amount demanded and “the Bank” to undertake to pay “the
Corporation” the amount so demanded on first demand and without any demur
notwithstanding any dispute raised by “the Tenderer” or any suit or other legal
proceedings including arbitration pending before any court, tribunal or arbitrator
relating thereto, our liability under this guarantee being absolute and
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 101 of 131

unconditional.
4. We, .................................... Bank further agree with “the Corporation” that “the
Corporation” shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting
in any manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions
of the said ‘tender’/or to extend time of performance by “the Tenderer” from time
to time or to postpone for any time to time any of the powers exercisable by “the
Corporation” against “the Tenderer” and to forbear to enforce any of the terms
and conditions relating to “the tender” and we shall not be relieved from our liability
by reason of any such variation or extension being granted to “the Tenderer” or for
any for be arance, act or ommission on the part of “the Corporation” or any
indulgence by “the Corporation” to “the tenderer” or by any such matter or
things whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would but for this
provision have the effect of relieving us.
5. NOTWITHSTANDING anything hereinbefore contained, our liability under
this Guarantee is restricted to Rs. (Rupees only).
O u r liability under this guarantee shall remain in force until expiration of six
months from the due date of opening of the said ‘tender’. Unless a demand or
claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing within said period, that
is, on or before all rights of “the Corporation” under the said
g u a r a n t e e s h a l l be forfeited and we shall be relieved and discharged from
all liabilities thereunder.
6. We, ............... Bank further undertake not to revoke
this
guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of the “the
corporation” in writing.
7.0 We, ........................................ Bank lastly agree that “the Bank” 's liability under this
guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of “the Tenderer” .
8.0 “The Bank” has power to issue this guarantee in favour of “the Corporation” in terms
of the documents and/or the A greement/Contract or M OU entered into between “the
Tenderer” and “the Bank” in this regard.
IN WITNESSW HEREOF the Bank has executed this document on this ........................ day
of ......................... for ........................ Bank
(by its constituted attorney)
(Signature of a person authorised
to sign on behalf of “the Bank”)
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 102 of 131

BANK GUARANTEE FOR PERFORMANCE OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF
SUPPLIER / CONTRACTOR
(on non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value)
To,
HINDUSTAN PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED
8TH FLOOR, SCOPE MINAR, LAXMI NAGAR,
NEW DELHI- 110092
ANNEXURE - 5
IN CONSIDERATION OF THE HINDUSTAN PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD. a
Government of India Company registered under the Companies Act,1956, having its
registered office at 17, Jamshedji Tata Road, Bombay -400 020 (hereinafter called "the
Corporation" which expression shall include its successors and assigns) having awarded to
M / s a p a r t n e r s h i p f i r m / s o l e
proprietor business/a company registered under the Companies Act, 1956 having its office at
(hereinafter referred to as "the Supplier" which
expression shall wherever the subject or context so permits includes its successors and
assigns) a supply contract in terms inter alia, of "the Corporation's" Order No. ___________
dated ___________________ and the General purchase conditions of "the Corporation" and
upon the condition of "supplier's" furnishing security for the performance of "the Supplier's"
obligations and/or discharge of "the supplier's" liability under and/or in connection with the
said supply contract upto a sum of Rs.
(Rupees _____________________ ) amounting to 10% (ten percent) of the total contract
value.
We, __________________ (hereinafter called "the Bank" which expression shall
include its successors and assigns) hereby jointly and severally undertake and guarantee to
pay to "the Corporation" in rupees forthwith on demand in writing and without protest or
demur of any and all moneys anywise payable by "the Supplier" to "the Corporation" under,
in respect of or in connection with the said supply contract inclusive of all the Corporation's
losses and damage and costs, (inclusive between attorney and client) charges, and
expenses and other moneys anywise payable in respect of the above as specified in any
notice of demand made by "the Corporation" to the Bank with reference to this Guarantee
upto and aggregate limit of Rs. (Rupees )
and "the Bank" hereby agrees with "the Corporation" that:
1 This Guarantee/Undertaking shall be a continuing Guarantee / Undertaking and shall
remain valid and irrecoverable for all claims of "the Corporation" and liabilities of "the Supplier"
arising upto and until midnight of _____________________________
2 This Guarantee/Undertaking shall be in addition to any other guarantee or security
whatsoever that "the Corporation" may now or any time anywise have in relation to "the
Supplier's obligation/liabilities under and/or connection with the said supply contract, and
"the Corporation" shall have full authority to take recourse to or enforce this security in
preference to the other security(ies) at its sole discretion and no failure on the part of "the
Corporation" to enforcing or requiring enforcement to any
other security shall have the effect of releasing "the Bank" from its full liability hereunder.
3 "The Corporation" shall be at liberty without reference to "the Bank" and without
affecting the full liability of "the Bank" hereunder to take any other security in respect of "the
Supplier's" obligation and/or liabilities under or in connection with the said supply contract
and to vary the term vis-a-vis "the supplier" of the said supply contract or to grant time
and/or indulgence to "the Supplier" or to reduce or to increase or otherwise vary the prices
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 103 of 131

of the total contract value or to release or to forebear from enforcement of all or any of the
obligations of "the supplier" under the said supply contract and/or the remedies of "the
Corporation" under any other security(ies) now or hereafter held by "the Corporation" and
no such dealing(s), variation(s) or other indulgence(s) or agreement(s) with "the supplier" or
release of forbearance whatsoever shall have the effect of releasing "the Bank" from its full
liability to "the Corporation" hereunder or of prejudicing rights of "the Corporation" against
"the Bank".
4. This Guarantee/Undertaking shall not be determined or affected by the liquidation or
winding up, dissolution or change of constitution or insolvency of "the supplier" but shall in
all respects and for all purposes be binding and operative until payment of all moneys payable
to "the Corporation" in terms hereof
5. "The Bank" hereby waives all rights at any time inconsistent with the terms of this
Guarantee/Undertaking and the obligations of "the Bank" in terms hereof shall not be anywise
affected or suspended by reason of any dispute having been raised by "the suppliers" (whether
or not pending before any arbitrator, officer, tribunal or court) or any denial of liability by
"the supplier" or any other order of communication whatsoever by "the supplier" stopping
or preventing or purporting to stop or prevent any payment by "the Bank" to "the
Corporation" in terms hereof.
6. The amount stated in any notice of demand addressed by "the Corporation" to "the
Bank" as liable to be paid to "the Corporation" by "the supplier" or as suffered or incurred
by "the Corporation" on account of any losses or damages or costs, charges/and/or
expenses shall be as between "the Bank" and "the Corporation" be
conclusive of the amount so liable to be paid to "the Corporation" or suffered or incurred by
"the Corporation", as the case may be, and payable by "the Bank" to "the Corporation", in terms
hereof.
7. Not withstanding anything contained herein above:
i) ........................................................................................... Our liability under
this guarantee shall not exceed R ...............................
ii) This Bank Guarantee shall be valid upto and including ....................... ;
iii) We are liable to pay the guarantee amount or any part thereof under this Bank
Guarantee only and only if you serve upon us a written claim or demand on or
# before the expiry of 30 days from the date of expiry of this guarantee.
8. "The Bank" has power to issue this guarantee in favour of "the Corporation" in terms
of the documents and/or the agreement/contract or MOU entered into between "the supplier"
and "the Bank" in this regard.
IN WITNESS Where of ____________________ Bank, has executed this document at
on 20....
Bank
(by its constituted attorney)
(signature of a person authorized to
sign on behalf of "the Bank")
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 104 of 131

ADVICE FROM SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR FOR E-PAYMENT
(ON LETTER HEAD)
HINDUSTAN PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED
8TH FLOOR, SCOPE MINAR, LAXMI
NAGAR,
NEW DELHI- 110092
Dear Sirs,
ANNEXURE- 6
The following is a confirmation/ updation of may bank details and I hereby affirm my our
choice to opt for payment of amounts due to me under various contracts through electronic
mode. I understand that Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited also reserves the right to
send the payments due to me by a cheque/ demand draft/ electronics mode or through a
banker.
A) Supplier/Contractor Details
1. Supplier/Contractor Name
2. Supplier Contractor Code
3. Address (including Pin Code)
4. Controlling officer name/SBU: E&P
5. P.A. No.
6. E-mail ID
B) Particulars of bank Account
1. Bank Name
2. Branch Name & branch code
3. Branch Address (incl. Pin Code)
4. 9 digit MICR No. of Bank and Branch
(As appearing on the cheque)
5. Account Type (Saving/Cash Credit/Current)
6. Account Number (as appearing on cheque)
7. IFSC Code of the Branch (for RTGS)
8. IFSC Code of the Branch (for NEFT)
I hereby confirm that the particulars given above are correct and the complete and also
undertake to promptly advise and changes to the above details to HPCL. If the transaction is
delay or not effected for reasons of incomplete or incorrect information or banking delays. I
shall not hold Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited responsible. I also agree for printing
of the bank details on the cheque or DD if the payment is effected by cheque/DD. The
charges, if any, levied by my bank shall be settled by me/us.
Name (in capital) & signature of supplier / contractor Date:
Note
1. Bank details (B. 1 to 8) to be confirmed by the bankers. Such confirmation shall duly
signed & stamped by the bankers. Supplier code, bank account number and
RTGS/NEFT number required essentially
2. Please enclosed cancelled /photocopy of a cheque
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 105 of 131

ANNEXURE-7
PROFORMA OF DETAILS OF BUILT-IN-CIF VALUE OF IMPORT
CONTENT, ITEM DETAILS OF IMPORT CONTENT AND RATES OF
IMPORTS DUTY CONSIDERED AND INCLUDED IN QUOTED SUPPLY
PRICES UNDER PRICE SCHEDULE
FORMAT ATTACHED WITH PRICE SCHEDULE FOR INDIAN BIDDER
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 106 of 131

DECLARATION
(To be submitted along with Un-priced bid)
ANNEXURE-8
(M/s. ______________________ ) hereby declare / clarify that we have not been banned
or delisted by Government of India / Ministries of Government of India/Government of India
Enterprises.
We also confirm that we have not been put on holiday/ blacklisted by HPCL or black listed by any
Government Department/ Public Sector on due date of submission of bid.
Note:
Stamp and Signature of Bidder
This Declaration should be on the letter head of the Bidder and should be signed by a
person competent and having the power of attorney to bind the Bidder.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 107 of 131

BID FORM
To: (Name and address of Owner/Consultant) Date:
Gentlemen,
ANNEXURE -9
Having examined the Conditions of Contract and Specifications of tender document
including Addendum(s) / Corrigendum(s) in respect of Procurement of SHUTDOWN
VALVE the receipt of which is hereby duly acknowledged, we the undersigned, offer to
supply and delivery (Description of Goods and Services) in conformity with the said Drawings,
Conditions of Contract and specifications for the same (total bid amount in words and
figures) or such other sums as may be ascertained in accordance with the Schedule of
Prices attached herewith and made part of this bid.
We undertake if our bid is accepted, complete delivery as agreed and specified in the RFQ
document. If our bid is accepted we will obtain the guarantee of a Bank in a sum not
exceeding (10)% of the Contract price for the due performance of the Contract.
We agree to abide by this bid for a period of 120 days from the date fixed for bid opening
under Instructions to Bidders and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at
any time before the expiration of that period.
Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, this bid, together with your written
acceptance thereof in your notification of award (Fax of Intent) shall constitute a binding
Contract between us.
We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any bid, you may receive.
Dated this Day of
Signature
In the capacity of duly authorized to sign bid for an on behalf of
Witness
Address
Note : To be submitted on letter head of company.
Signature
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 108 of 131

UNDERTAKING OF ADEQUATE CAPACITY
ANNEXURE‐10
An Undertaking from the Bidder Confirming that their Plant / Facility has Adequate Capacity to
handle Concurrent Orders and the Supplies to be made to HPCL will not get delayed due to
the concurrent orders from other Clients
Note : To be submitted on letter head of company
Stamp and Signature of Bidder
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 109 of 131

LETTER OF AUTHORITY
PROFORMA FOR LETTER OF AUTHORITY FOR ATTENDING AND SUBSEQUENT
NEGOTIATIONS/CONFERENCES
No. Date:
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Ltd.,
(Address as applicable)
Dear Sir,
ANNEXURE-11
We hereby authorize following
representative(s) to attend Pre Bid Meeting, un-priced bid opening and price bid opening and
for any other correspondence and communication against above Bidding Document:
Name & Designation __________________________ Signature
Name & Designation __________________________ Signature
We confirm that we shall be bound by all commitments made by aforementioned authorised
representatives.
Yours faithfully,
Signature
Name & Designation
For and on behalf of
Note: This letter of authority should be on the letterhead of the bidder and should be signed
by a person competent and having the power of attorney to bind the bidder.
Not more than two persons are permitted to attend techno –commercial un-priced and price
bid opening.
Bidder’s authorized executive is required to carry a copy of this authority letter while
attending the Pre Bid Meeting, unpriced bid opening and price bid opening and submit the
same to HPCL / WORLEYPARSONS .
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 110 of 131

DEVIATION SHEET
NAME OF SUPPLY : ......................................
BIDDING DOCUMENT NO. : .............................................
EXCEPTION AND DEVIATIONS STATEMENT
ANNEXURE – 12
Bidder shall list all the deviations in the following given format only. Bidder may stipulate
exceptions and deviations to Bidding Document, if considered unavoidable as per the
following format:
Sl.
No.
Page No. of Tender
Document
Note : To be submitted on letter head of company.
Clause No. Subject Deviations
Stamp and Signature of Bidder
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 111 of 131

NSIC CERTIFICATE DETAILS
TO BE FILLED BY BIDDERS REGISTERED WITH NSIC
1 NAME OF BIDDER
2 WHETHER REGISTERED WITH NSIC : YES /
NO
3 WHETHER COPY OF NSIC CERTIFICATE
ENCLOSED : YES / NO
4 NSIC REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE IS VALID
U PTO
5 MONETARY LIMIT OF NSIC REGISTRATION
CERTIFICATE
6 WHETHER ITEM QUOTED IS COVERED IN
NSIC REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE IF YES,
PLEASE MENTION THE ITEM NAME IN NSIC
CERTIFICATE UNDER WHICH TENDERED
ITEM IS COVERED
7 Whether you have succeeded in securing orders
for same items (item quoted), in competition (i.e.
without price preference) with large scale units
during the preceding 12 months (from the date of
this tender. (say : yes or no)
ANNEXURE-13
Stamp and Signature of Bidder
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 112 of 131

CERTIFICATE OF NON-INVOLVEMENT OF AGENT
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited
New Delhi-110092
Dear Sir,
ANNEXURE‐ 14
This is to certify that we have not engaged involve any Agent /Consultant/Retainer/Associate
who is not an employee of (name of your company) for payment
of any remuneration thereof in India or abroad. Therefore, no Agent’s / Representative’s /
consultant’s commission is payable in India or abroad against this Contract.
Notes:
1. This certificate should be issued in the Letter Head of the Bidder.
Stamp and Signature of Bidder
2. This certificate is to be issued only if there is no Agent /Consultant/Retainer/Associate is
involved.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 113 of 131

PROFORMA FOR DETAILS OF INDIAN AGENT
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited
New Delhi-110092
Dear Sir,
Following are the details of Indian agent/ consultant/representative
.
ANNEXURE-15
S. No. Description Bidder’s response
1. Name & address of agent / consultant /
representative in India.
2.
The precise relationship between th
bidder and their
agent/consultant/representative in India.
3. The mutual interest which the bidder and
Agent / Consultant / Representative in
India have in the Business of each other.
4. Any payment which the Agent / Consultant
/ Representative in India or abroad
receives from the bidder whether as a
commission for the contract or as a
general retainer fee.
5. Permanent Income Tax Account number of
Agent / Consultant / Representative in India
6. Permanent Income Tax account of bidder
in his country and also in India, if
applicable
7. All services to be rendered by the Agent /
Consultant / Representative
8. Bidder to confirm copy of agreement with
their Indian Agent is enclosed in unpriced
bid.
Stamp and Signature of Bidder
Note: Aforementioned information’s need to be supported with necessary documents
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 114 of 131

DECLARATION DETAILS FOR MARINE TRANSIT INSURANCE
( TO BE SUBMITTED BY FOREIGN BIDDER)
1 Name of vessel
2 Earliest Time Arrival (ETA)
3 B/L No. No. & date
4 Port of Loading
5 Port of Discharge
6 Final Place of Discharge
7 Commodity
8 No. & Type of Packages/
packing dimensions/ weight
9 Total Invoice Value (FOB) in
foreign currency
10 C & F Value (in INR) To be filled by
11 Letter of Credit
12 Purchase Order No. & Date
13 Nature of shipment
14 party / Supplier
Signature & Stamp of the Bidder
Annexure-16
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 115 of 131

CHAPTER - 9
BRIEF SUMMARY
OF
AGREED TERMS & CONDITIONS
(A T & C)
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 116 of 131

AGREED TERMS AND CONDITIONS
This questionnaire duly filled shall be returned along with each copy of Un-priced bid.
Clauses confirmed hereunder should not be repeated in the bid. ALL THE
COMMERCIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS SHOULD BE INDICATED IN THIS
FORMAT ONLY. IF REQUIRED DETAILS INCLUDING DEVIATION TO GPC, IF ANY,
SHOULD BE INDICATED AS AN ANNEXURE TO THIS FORMAT.
In view of the rejection clause no. 12.0 of Chapter-2, will be strictly adhered to, bidders are
advised to comply to the terms and conditions of the bid document in the First Instance itself.
S.NO. DESCRIPTION BIDDER'S CONFIRMATION
1 Confirm Your Offer is in complete compliance
with the scope of supplies as specified in the
Bid document
2 Confirm you have quoted your prices strictly
in the applicable Price schedule format
(enclosed with the Bid document) along with
Unit and Total Prices
3 Specify Country of Origin of Goods offered
4 Specify the Currency of quote (in accordance
with terms specified in Bid document)
5 Indicate estimated shipping
weight and Volume
net and gross
6 INSPECTION :
7
Confirm your quoted prices are inclusive of all
testing and inspection requirements as
specified in the bid document. However, in
addition to Bidder’s own inspection, goods
and services will be subject to inspection
(stage wise and final as specified in MR) by
Owner/Owner’s Consultant for which no extra
charges shall be payable by Owner, since all
travel, personal and incidental expenses of
Owner’s inspectors shall be borne by
Owner/owners’ consultant.
Confirm acceptance / compliance with the
following conditions /clauses of the Bid
document
(i) Confirm price basis of your offer is strictly in
accordance with Cl. nos 1 and 3 of Special
Conditions of Purchase.
(ii) Confirm You have furnished Bid security
(Bank Guarantee) for the requisite amount
in the required format as per terms of bid
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 117 of 131

S.NO. DESCRIPTION BIDDER'S CONFIRMATION
document
(iii) Confirm that You shall furnish Contract
Performance Bank Guarantee
(Performance Security) as per terms of Bid
document.
(iv) Confirm your Firm delivery period shall be
strictly as per requirement specified in the
Bid Document.
(v) Confirm that Your offer will remain Valid for
acceptance for a period of 120 days from
the Bid due date or extended due date (if
the same is extended).
(vi) Confirm that the quoted prices shall remain
FIRM AND FIXED till complete execution
of Order
(vii) Confirm that Guarantee / Warranty shall
be as per Special Conditions of Purchase.
(viii) Confirm that the Force Majeure shall be
as per General Purchase Conditions
(ix) Confirm acceptance of Price Reduction for
delay in delivery as per Chapter-4 , Special
Conditions of Purchase
(x) Confirm total acceptance to Payment
Terms as per Chapter-4, Special
Conditions of Purchase
(xi) Arbitration clause shall be as per
tender
xii) All the pages of the priced bid shall be
signed by the authorised signatory. In case
all the pages of the priced bids are not
signed, the bid shall be liable for rejection.
Please confirm
xiii) Please confirm that your quoted price
shall also include mandatory spares (if
specified in the MR/ technical
specifications) required for commissioning of
the item.
8 Confirm Terms related to Taxes and Duties
shall be as per Provisions of Bid document
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 118 of 131

S.NO. DESCRIPTION BIDDER'S CONFIRMATION
9 All correspondence must be in English
Language Only
10 This clause is for Indian Bidders only
10.1 Indicate dispatch Point
10.2 Confirm Quoted prices are inclusive of transit
Insurance upto FOT site
10.3 Indicate Rate of Central / Local Sales Tax
(CST / LST) payable extra on finished goods
10.4(i)
(i) CST without Concessional Form C
(ii) Local Sales Tax (in case supplies are
made from Originating state) without
concessional form
Indicate Present rate of Excise duty plus
Education Cess applicable extra on finished
goods
(ii) Confirm that Excise Duty amount shall be
reimbursed to seller only against receipt of
CENVATABLE copy of Excise Invoice by
Owner.
10.5 If there is any variation in excise duty plus
education cess on finished goods at the time
of Supplies due to turnover, Confirm the
same will be borne by the Bidder.
10.6 In case (10.5) above is not acceptable,
indicate maximum rate of Excise duty plus
Education Cess chargeable.
10.7 Statutory variation in Excise duty plus
Education Cess and Sales tax during the
contractual delivery period on Finished goods
only will be to Owner's account as per tender
terms.
10.8 Confirm, if there is delay beyond contractual
delivery date for reasons attributable to
Bidder, any increase in Sales tax and / or
excise duty plus education cess will be borne by
the Bidder and any decrease shall be
passed on to Owner in line with the tender terms
10.9 Confirm, in case of delay in delivery, due to
reasons attributable to Bidder, any new or
additional taxes and duties imposed after
contractual delivery dates shall be to Bidder's
account.
Excise Duty : _____ %
Ed. Cess : _____%
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 119 of 131

S.NO. DESCRIPTION BIDDER'S CONFIRMATION
10.10 If offer is based on certain imported raw
materials / components required for goods
offered, Please note and specify the following
:
(i) Owner will not provide any Import License
for the same
(ii) Confirm that you have quoted prices on
Merit rate of Customs duty
essentiality certificate)
(iii) Confirm you have furnished built in CIF
import content in your price bid.
(iv) Indicate rate of customs duty considered
and included in the quoted prices
(v) Indicate classification(s) under which
Bidder intents to import
(vi) Confirm that any upward variation due to
wrong classification(s) considered in
Offer shall be absorbed by the Bidder,
whereas any downward variations on
account of the same shall be passed on
to the Owner.
(vii) Please note and confirm that any
variations in Foreign Exchange rates
and in Customs duty shall be to Owner's
account as per terms specified in the bid
document.
(viii) Confirm Bidder shall claim variation on
account of Customs duty and / or foreign
exchange rate, separately after receipt of
goods at site, against documentary
evidence
10.11 In case there is a discrepancy in the taxes
mentioned by bidders in un-priced bid and
price bid, the taxes & duties as quoted in
price bid shall prevail for evaluation and
placement of Purchase Order (PO).
11 This clause is for Foreign Bidders only
11.1 Indicate International sea Port of Exit( in case
more than one, please indicate name of port
with item nos. as per Price Schedule)
11.2 (i) Letter of Credit shall be opened through a
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 120 of 131

scheduled Bank and hence need not be
confirmed.
(ii) In case You insist for a confirmed LC,
confirmation charges will be to your account.
Confirm acceptance.
11.3 Confirm your quoted prices include transit
Insurance upto FOB Port of Shipment
11.4 All taxes, duties and levies of any kin
payable upto FOB Port of shipment shall be
borne by the Bidder.
11.5 All Bank Charges and Stamp duties payable
outside India in connection with the payments
to be made under the Purchase Order shall
be borne by the Bidder. All Bank Charges
and Stamp duties payable in India (only
Owner's banker) shall be borne by the
Owner.
However, in case of amendment to LC arising
out of supplier requirement / default all
charges shall be borne by the supplier.
11.6 Tender submitted directly by bidder and not
through their Indian Representative. Please
confirm
11.7 In case of Foreign Bidder insisting for having
Indian Agent, furnish the following :
(i) The Unavoidable justification for engaging
the Indian Agent
(ii) Name and complete address of Indian
Agent including Telephone & Fax
number
(iii) RBI Registration Number
(iv) Agency's commission(including service
tax @ 12.36%) included in Quoted prices
as % of quoted FOB prices (Payable in
equivalent non-convertible Indian
Rupees upon complete execution of
Order and supplies are received and
acceptable at sites).
(v) Submit Copy of agreement between
Foreign Bidder and Indian Agent.
(vi) In the event of any breach or default on
the part of the supplier to disclose the
agency arrangements in India, there
would be penalty of banning business
dealing and also payment of specified
sum.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 121 of 131
%

11.8
Please Indicate the name and address of
your Bankers
12 Please confirm that you have not been
banned or delisted by any Government or
Quasi Government agencies or PSUs. If you
have been banned, then this fact must clearly
be stated. This does not necessarily be cause
for disqualification. However, if this
declaration is not furnished the bid shall be
rejected as non-responsive.
13 Please confirm that you have filled in, signed
and attached the enclosed “Proforma of
Declaration of Black Listing/Holiday Listing”
along with your Unpriced offer.
14 Confirm acceptance to part order. Offer for
items as per the terms specified in the bid
document. For all items individual quantities
will not be split.
15
Owner reserves the right to make any
changes in the terms and conditions of bid
document. Confirm.
16 The Bidder is required to state whether any of
the Director's Bidder is a relative of any
Director of Owner or the Bidder is a firm in
which any Director of Owner or his relative is
a partner.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 122 of 131

17 (a) Confirm acceptance in Toto of the Terms
and Conditions contained in the Bid
document
(i) Instructions to Bidders.
(ii) Special Conditions of Purchase
(iii) General Purchase conditions (GPC) for
indigenous and imports
(iv) All other commercial documents /
attachments / Chapters of the bid
document
(b) I n case of reservations, confirm that
clause wise comments have been
specified as annexure to this format.
(c) All the terms and conditions have been
indicated in this format (including
Annexure, if any) and have been
repeated in the Bid elsewhere. It is noted
that terms and conditions
indicated
elsewhere including any printed terms and
conditions shall not be considered by the
owner
18 Furnish Financial Turnover figures of last 3
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 123 of 131

S.NO. DESCRIPTION BIDDER'S CONFIRMATION
years of bidder / manufacturer and or trading
company (house) which ever is applicable
TURNOVER
19.
20. Deleted
BIDDERS NAME :
ADDRESS :
SIGNATURE & SEAL:
TEL NO.:
FAX NO:
2009-2010 (2009)
2010-2011 (2010)
2011 - 2012 (2011)
In support of above Bidder shall
enclose copies of its published Annual
reports of preceding 3 years. Confirm
compliance.
Bidder to confirm they have Quoted for the no
of days & Per Diem Rate for the Supervision
Charges in their Price Bid only.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 124 of 131

Note:
APPENDIX- 1
UNPRICED SCHEDULE
1. BELOW FORMAT SHOULD BE FILLED WITH QUOTED / UNQUOTED
AGAINST EACH LINE ITEM & ATTACHED ALONGWITH UNPRICED BID
(ENVELOPE NO 2)
2. NO PRICE SHALL BE INDICATED IN UNPRICED BID. IF PRICES ARE
INDICATED, THE BID SHALL BE LIABLE FOR REJECTION.
3. PRICES SHALL BE INDICATED ONLY IN PRICED BID (ENVELOPE NO 3)
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 125 of 131

SL.
NO
.
UN-PRICED SCHEDULE CONFIRMATION FOR INDIAN BIDDERS (UNPRICED BID)
Unit Price
Excise Duty CST/LST/VAT Unit Freight Service Tax Unit Transit Unit Octroi / Total Price Total Import
Valve Type
Size
(NPS)
SCH/
RATING
COMMODITY CODE/ PIPE
ACTUATOR REF No CLASS
DESCRIPTION
Qty
(nos)
Ex-works
incl. P & F
charges,
taxes &
duties incl
custom
Destination duties if
HPCL any on Total Price
component Exworks
s
excluding ED
and raw & ST
material on finished
but
goods
In INR In INR
(Applicable Without charges extra including cess on Insurance Entry Tax FOT site
extra on concessional upto
Freight Charges charges extra upto including all
Col. 6) form respective (applicable extra on extra upto respective taxes It duties,
Project
(applicable
Col. 10) respective project Freight, Service
site(s)
extra on
project site.(Applica
including all
Tax on Freight,
Col. 6+8) taxes & duties
site (Applicable ble extra on Transit
except Transit
extra on Col. 6) Col.( 6+8+9) Insurance upto
Insurance,
) respective project
Octori /
site It Octroi/
Entry Tax &
Tax etc.
Service Tax
[{ (6)+(8)+(9)+
(10)+(11)+(12)+
% Amount % Amount In In INR % Amount % Amou % Amount Amount In
CIF
Value
of
Impo
rt
Cont
ent
include
d in
Col.
7
In INR
amou
considered
value at
and inclu
Col.
[Item-wise
to be f
Format
(as e
herewit
Amount In
In INR INR
In INR
nt In INR INR
In
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16
1 Ball Valve
2 Ball Valve
3 Ball Valve
4 Ball Valve
5 Ball Valve
8
18
12 600
18 600
8 600
600 BA-C610-RG C1
600 BA-C610-RG C1
60-MOV-
1010/1041 C1
60-MOV-
1016/1017 C1
60-MOV-
1018/1019/1
020/1021
C1
BODY/BONNET – ASTM A216 WCB, TRIM -
SS 316 SEALS PTFE. DIMENSIONS /
DESIGN AS PER B 16.10 / BS EN ISO
17292, API 6D. FLOATING BALL UP TO 3”.
TRUNNION BALL ≥ 4”. REDUCED BORE,
GEAR OP., RF
BODY/BONNET – ASTM A216 WCB, TRIM -
SS 316 SEALS PTFE. DIMENSIONS /
DESIGN AS PER B 16.10 / BS EN ISO
17292, API 6D. FLOATING BALL UP TO 3”.
TRUNNION BALL ≥ 4”. REDUCED BORE,
GEAR OP., RF
01 Rewari
02 Rewari
MOTORISED WITH MANUAL OPERATION.
RAISED FINISH / SERRATED FINISH 125
AARH 02 Rewari
MOTORISED WITH MANUAL OPERATION.
RAISED FINISH / SERRATED FINISH 125
AARH
MOTORISED WITH MANUAL OPERATION.
RAISED FINISH / SERRATED FINISH 125
AARH
02 Rewari
04 Rewari
Q / NQ XXXX XX
Q / NQ XXXX XX
Q / NQ XXXX XX
Q / NQ XXXX XX
Q / NQ
XXXX XX
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 126 of 131
XXX Q / NQ
XXX Q / NQ
XXX Q / NQ
XXX Q / NQ
XXX Q / NQ
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXX XXXXXXXX XXXXX XXXXX
XXX XXXXXXXX XXXXX XXXXX
XXX XXXXXXXX XXXXX XXXXX
XXX XXXXXXXX XXXXX XXXXX
XXX XXXXXXXX XXXXX XXXXX

Note:
1. BIDDERS ARE ADVICED NOT TO MENTION ANY RATES ON THE ABOVE SCHEDULE / SHEET.
2. XXXX- In the above table indicates bidder has quoted for that item.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 127 of 131
Signature & Stamp
of Bidder

Name of Bidder :
PROJECT: RKPL PACKAGE
PACKAGE: BALL VALVES
2. SUPERVISION CHARGES:
Sr.
No.
1
Description
(2)
Per Diem rates for
Assistance in
Testing and
Commissioning of
MOV’s (DBIV & Ball
Valves). The price
shall be inclusive of
Airfare, Boarding,
Lodging, Local
Transport, Incidental,
Traveling etc. & all
other expenses. For
Rewari
Unit
(3)
DIEM
rate
(Per
Man
Day)
Qty.
(4)
Unit Price per Man-day inclusive of all cost
towards Air/ Rail fare, lodging,
boarding, Traveling ,medical , local
transport, all insurances,
income/corporate
(as may be applicable) ,incidental charges
and all other expenses, taxes It
duties etc. but excluding service tax
(5)
Q/NQ
Note:
1. BIDDERS ARE ADVICED NOT TO MENTION ANY RATES ON THE ABOVE SCHEDULE / SHEET.
2. XXXX- In the above table indicates bidder has quoted for that item.
Service Tax including cess applicable
on
Col. (5)
(@ 12.36%)
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 128 of 131
(6)
Total Price inclusive of all cost towards Air/ Rail fare,
lodging, boarding, Traveling
,medical , local transport, all insurances,
income/corporate (as may be applicable)
,incidental charges and all other expenses , taxes It
duties etc. including service tax
(7) = (5 + 6) x 4
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Signature & Stamp of Bidder

NAME OF BIDDER :
PROJECT: RKPL PROJECT
Package: BALL VALVES
DETAILS OF BUILT-IN-CIF VALUE OF IMPORT CONTENT, ITEM DETAILS OF IMPORT CONTENT AND RATES OF IMPORTS DUTY CONSIDERED AND INCLUDED IN
QUOTED FOT DESPATCH POINT PRICES UNDER PRICE SCHEDULE
Sl.
No.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
Item No.
as per
MR/ SOR
DESCRIPTION
Description of
Imported Items
TOTAL CIF IMPORT CONTENT
Qty. of Imported
Items
(as applicable)
(Unit____) *(1)
CIF value of Import
Content
included in quoted
supply prices
on per (as
applicable ) basis
Currency
Considered
CUSTO
M
TARRIF
NO.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 129 of 131
RATE OF CUSTOM DUTY INCLUDED IDN QUOTED SUPPLY PRICES
BASIC
CUSTO
MS
DUTY
(%)
CVD + EDU. EDU.
CESS ON CESS ON
CVD CUSTOM
(%) DUTY (%)
NOTE: *(1) Bidder shall indicate CIF value against each quoted item and give description of goods along with its quantities (UNIT TO BE SPECIFIED BY
THE BIDDER) location wise.
(2) Bidder has to ensure that currency quoted in this format shall be same with the currency quoted in the Price schedule format.
SAD
(%)
Signature & Stamp of Bidder
TOTAL CUSTOM
DUTY (%)

NAME OF BIDDER :
PROJECT: RKPL PROJECT
Package: VALVES
Location: REWARI
SL.
NO. Type
Size
UN-PRICED SCHEDULE CONFIRMATION FOR FOREIGN BIDDERS (UNPRICED BID)
SCH /
RATING
COMMODITY
CODE /
ACTUATOR
REF NO
PIPE
CLASS
Description of Items as per MR
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 130 of 131
Qty
(Nos.)
Unit FOB
International sea
port of
exit Price
including storage
Total FOB
International
sea port of exit Price
including storage (3 x
4 )
(Currency____ ) (Currency____ )
Unit Price on CFR
Mumbai
Amount
(Currency____ )
Total Price on CFR
Mumbai ”Qty X Unit
CFR price”
(3x6)
Amount
(Currency____ )
Shipping Net Wt ( MT ) /
Gross Wt ( MT )
/ Volume ( M3)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)8)
1 Ball
Valve
2 Ball
Valve
3 Ball
Valve
4 Ball
Valve
5 Ball
Valve
8
18
12
18
600 BA-C610-RG C1
600 BA-C610-RG C1
600
600
8 600
60-MOV-
1010/1041
60-MOV-
1016/1017
60-MOV-
1018/1019/1
020/1021
C1
C1
C1
BODY/BONNET – ASTM A216 WCB, TRIM - SS 316 SEALS
PTFE. DIMENSIONS / DESIGN AS PER B 16.10 / BS EN ISO
17292, API 6D. FLOATING BALL UP TO 3”. TRUNNION BALL
≥ 4”. REDUCED BORE, GEAR OP., RF
BODY/BONNET – ASTM A216 WCB, TRIM - SS 316 SEALS
PTFE. DIMENSIONS / DESIGN AS PER B 16.10 / BS EN ISO
17292, API 6D. FLOATING BALL UP TO 3”. TRUNNION BALL
≥ 4”. REDUCED BORE, GEAR OP., RF
01 Q / NQ
02 Q / NQ
MOTORISED WITH MANUAL OPERATION. RAISED FINISH /
SERRATED FINISH 125 AARH 02 Q / NQ
MOTORISED WITH MANUAL OPERATION. RAISED FINISH /
SERRATED FINISH 125 AARH 02 Q / NQ
MOTORISED WITH MANUAL OPERATION. RAISED FINISH /
SERRATED FINISH 125 AARH
Note:
1. BIDDERS ARE ADVICED NOT TO MENTION ANY RATES ON THE ABOVE SCHEDULE / SHEET.
2. XXXX- In the above table indicates bidder has quoted for that item.
04 Q / NQ
XXXXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXXX
Signature & Stamp of Bidder
XXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXX

2. SUPERVISION CHARGES:
Sr.
No.
(1)
1
Description
(2)
Per Diem rates for Assistance in Installation, Testing and
Commissioning of Shutdown Valve .The price shall be
inclusive of Airfare, Boarding, Lodging, Local Transport,
Incidental, Traveling etc. & all other expenses. For
Rewari.
MH2145-C000-PP-RFQ-0026 Page 131 of 131
Unit
(3)
DIEM
rate
(Per
Man
Day)
Qty.
(4)
Unit Price per Man-day
inclusive of all cost towards Air/
Rail fare, lodging, boarding,
Traveling, medical , local
Currency transport, all insurances,
(5) income/corporate (as may be
applicable) ,incidental charges
and all other expenses, taxes &
duties etc. but excluding
service tax (6)
Q/NQ
Note:
1. BIDDERS ARE ADVICED NOT TO MENTION ANY RATES ON THE ABOVE SCHEDULE / SHEET.
2. XXXX- In the above table indicates bidder has quoted for that item.
Service Tax including cess
applicable on
Col. (6)
(@ 12.36%)
(7)
Total Price inclusive of all cost towards Air/
fare, lodging, boarding,
Traveling ,medical , local transport, all
insurances, income/corporate (as may
be applicable) ,incidental charges and all ot
expenses , taxes & duties etc.
including service tax
(8) = (6 + 7) x 4
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Signature & Stamp of Bidder

11111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC Services for Rewari-Kanpur Pipeline
Material Requisition for Carbon Steel 8all
Valves
MH2145-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
29 April 2013
Raheja Plaza 101, 1st Floor,
LBS Marg, Ghatkopar (W),
Mumbai- 400086, India
Tel: +91 226781 8000
Fax: +91 226781 8080
© 2013Hydrocarbons

1111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE
MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR CARBON STEEL BALL VALVES
TABLE OF CONTENT
1 SCOPE ................................................................................... 4
1 . 1 Introduction ...................................................................................... 4
1.2 Specific Definitions ........................................................................... 4
2 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS ............................... 4
2.1 Codes and Standards ........................................................................ 4
2.2 Reference Documents ....................................................................... 6
2.3 Document Precedence ....................................................................... 6
3 SCOPE OF WORK .................................................................... 7
4 FINAL INSPECTION ................................................................. 7
5 PREPARATION FOR SHiPMENT ................................................ 7
6 SUPPLIER (VENDOR) DATA REQUIREMENT LIST (VDRL) .......... 8
7 SPARES .................................................................................. 9
8 GUARANTEE AND WARRANTY ................................................. 9
9 DOCUMENT INDEX ................................................................ 10
9.1 Project Specifications ...................................................................... 10
9.2 Data Sheets ................................................................................... 10
9.3 Material Take Off (MTO) .................................................................. 11
N:\S13-MH-214S-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\MR FOR VALVES\MASTER\MH214S-COOO-PI­
RFQ-0001_REV O.DOC
MH214S-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
Page 3 of 17

Iml WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE
MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR CARBON STEEL BALL VALVES
1 SCOPE
1.1 Introduction
This specification defines the minimum requirements for the Design, Fabrication,
Inspection, Testing, Supply and Guarantee of Carbon Steel Ball Valves. These are to
be procured for the RKPL Project by HPCL.
1.2 Specific Definitions
MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER / VENDOR
(SUPPLIER) The party which manufactures and/or supplies
valves, technical documents / drawings and
services to perform the duties specified by
OWNER
2 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
2.1 Codes and Standards
SUPPLI ER shall meet or exceed the requirements of the latest edition of the following
codes, regulations and standards, except as superseded herein. In case where more
than one code, regulations or standard apply to the same condition, the most stringent
shall be followed. In the event of conflict between this specification and other
specifications or correspondence, the OWNER shall be consulted and a ruling in
writing, shall be obtained before any work is started.
The following codes and standards, to the extent specified herein, form a part of this
specification. When an edition date is not indicated for any code or standard, the latest
edition in force at the time of Contract award shall apply:
• ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, all applicable sections.
• ASME B 16.34, Valves - Flanged, Threaded and Welding End
• ASME B31.3, Process Piping
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\ 11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\MR FOR VALVES\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI·
RFQ-0001_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
Page 4 of 17

1111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE
MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR CARBON STEEL BALL VALVES
• ASME B31.4, Pipeline transportation systems for Hydrocarbons and other
liquids.
• ASME B 1.1, Unified inch screw threads
• ASME B 1.20.1, Pipe threads, general purpose (inch)
• ASME B16.47, Large diameter steel flanges
• ASME B16.5, Pipe flanges and flanged fittings
• ASME B 16.10, Face-to-face and End-to-end dimensions of valves
• ASME B 16.11, Forged fittings, socket-welding and threaded
• ASME B16.9, Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt Welding Fittings
• API 594, Check valves: wafer and wafer-lug, and double flanged type.
• API 598, Valve Inspection and Testing
• API 599, Metal Plug Valves-Flanged, Threaded and Welding Ends
• API 6FA, Specification for Fire test for valves
• API 600, Steel Gate Valves - Flanged and Butt-welding ends, Bolted and
Pressure seal bonnets
• API 602, Compact Steel Gate Valves - Flanged, Threaded, Welding and
Extended-body ends
• API 607, Fire test for Soft-Seated quarter-turn valves
• API 608, Metal Ball Valves - Flanged, Threaded, and Welding Ends
• API 609, Lug and wafer type butterfly valves
• API 60, Specification for pipeline valves (Gate, Plug, Ball and Check
valves)
• Annual book of ASTM standards
• BS 1868, Steel Check valves (Flanged and Butt-welding ends) for the
petroleum, petrochemical and allied industries
• BS 1873, Steel Globe and Globe stop and Check valves (Flanged and Buttwelding
ends) for the petroleum, petrochemical and allied industries
N:\S13-MH-214S-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\MR FOR VALVES\MASTER\MH214S-COOO-PI­
RFQ-0001_REV O.DOC
MH214S-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
Page 5 of 17

Iml WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE
MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR CARBON STEEL BALL VALVES
• BS 5351, Steel Ball valves for petroleum, petrochem ical and allied
Industries
• BS 5352, Steel wedge Gate, Globe and Check valves - 50mm and smaller
for the petroleum and petrochemical and allied industries
• BS 6755 Part 1, Testing of valves Part 1: Production pressure testing
requirements
• BS 6755 Part 2, Testing of valves Part 2: Specification for Fire-type testing
requirements
• BS EN 10204, Metallic products - Types of inspection documents
• ISO 10474, Steel and steel products -Inspection documents
2.2 Reference Documents
The following general specification shall be used in conjunction with this specification
where applicable:
Project Specifications
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0001
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0002
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003
Piping Material Specification
Specification for NDE
Piping specification for welding
M H2145-COOO-PI-S PC-0004 Specification for External Painting & Protective
Coating
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005 Specifica for Piping Fabrication and Erection
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0006 Specification for Valve
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 SpeCification for Pressure Testing of piping
2.3 Document Precedence
The SUPPLIER shall notify the OWNER of any conflict between this specification, the
related Data Sheets, the Codes, Standards and any other Specifications referenced
herein. Resolution and/or interpretation precedence shall be obtained from the
OWNER in writing before proceeding with the Design or Manufacture.
In case of conflict, the order of Precedence shall be:
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\MR FOR VALVES\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI­
RFQ-0001_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
Page 6 of 17

Iml WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE
MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR CARBON STEEL BALL VALVES
• Purchase Order
• Valve Data Sheet(s)
• Project Specifications and Standards
• Referenced I ndustry Codes and Standards
3 SCOPE OF WORK
The SUPPLIER's scope of supply shall include the complete mechanical design,
engineering, materials, fabrication, assembly, inspection, testing, painting,
documentation, supply and shipment of carbon steel ball valves, in accordance with
data sheet, all referenced specifications, drawings, codes and standards, for RKPL
Project.
4 FINAL INSPECTION
Following the completion of painting of carbon steel ball valves, the SUPPLIER shall
perform a final inspection prior to preparation for shipment.
5 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT
One complete set of installation, operating and maintenance instructions shall be
packed and shipped.
All openings, flange facings, etc., shall be sealed with waterproof coverings for
shipping.
Each valve item having a nameplate as specified by the Purchase Order and/or Valve
Data Sheet shall have the nameplate permanently protected during welding, painting
and shipping. The following information shall be stamped on the nameplate:
• Owner Name
• Purchase Order Number:
• Valve Tag Number
• Valve Type
• Valve Size & Rating
• Manufacturer:
• Serial Number:
• Hydrostatic Test Pressure: (required on nameplate)
• Year Built:
• Maximum Working Pressure:
• Maximum Temperature:
• Maximum Test Pressure:
• Design Code:
N:\S13-MH-214S-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\MR FOR VALVES\MASTER\MH214S-COOO-PI­
RFQ-0001_REV O.DOC
MH214S-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
Page 7 of 17

Iml WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE
MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR CARBON STEEL BALL VALVES
6 SUPPLIER (VENDOR) DATA REQUIREMENT LIST (VORL)
The VENDOR shall supply three (3) copies of the Manufacturing Dossier, which shall
contain as a minimum the following:
(i) Certified mill test certification showing the chemical and physical properties of
material used.
(ii) Weld Procedures for all welding performed.
(iii) Weld Procedure Qualification for all welding performed including Non­
Destructive and Mechanical Test Results.
(iv) Welder Qualification Certificates.
(v) Fabrication weld map drawings identifying each weld with a unique weld
number and the welder's identification clearly marked against it.
(vi) Inspection and testing reports carried out. The reports shall contain, where
applicable, the following:
• Ultrasonic Testing Results
• Radiography Results
• Visual I nspection Reports
• Magnetic Particle / Dye Penetrant I nspection Reports
(vii) A Certified Copy of all Hydrostatic Pressure Test Charts
(viii) Recommended two years Operational Spare Parts List
(ix) Vendor drawings complete with keyed parts lists for all valves
(x) Installation, operation and maintenance manuals
Inspection Documentation and Material Certification shall conform to EN 10204 Type
"8" Certificates (ISO 10474, 3.1 B).
All original radiographs shall be available to the OWNER for review upon request.
All final "As-Built" VENDOR data shall be supplied in electronic copy, in addition to
hard copies.
N:\S13-MH-214S-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\MR FOR VALVES\MASTER\MH214S-COOO-PI­
RFQ-0001_REV O.DOC
MH214S-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
Page 8 of 17

11111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE
MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR CARBON STEEL BALL VALVES
7 SPARES
The three basic categories of spare parts are as follows:
• Commissioning Spare Parts
All spare parts shall meet all specifications and quality standards as the original parts
and shall be packaged for shipment and storage in accordance with requirements of
OWNER.
8 GUARANTEE AND WARRANTY
The SUPPLIER shall guarantee that all valves and its internals within his scope of
supply shall meet the performance requirements as stated in the data sheets,
specification and other applicable documents when operating under the specified
design and operating conditions.
The SUPPLIER shall be responsible for Mechanical Guarantee for the Valves.
The SUPPLIER shall warrantee the mechanical design, material, workmanship and
performance requirements as stated in this requisition continuously for all conditions
stated, for 24 months after commissioning or 36 months after shipment, whichever is
earlier.
During the warranty period, any part of the valves proves defective; VENDOR shall at
its option either repair or replace such defective parts at their own cost and expenses.
The SUPPLIER shall guarantee that all work will be performed in accordance with
good and sound engineering and construction practices and within the requirements of
this requisition.
The SUPPLIER shall agree to promptly correct, at his own cost at site, all the defects
and mal-performance of the valves supplied by SUPPLIER to comply with obligation
expressed or implied under the Request for Quotation (RFQ) and to extend the
warranty period for the duration required to remedy such defects.
The SUPPLIER shall guarantee the stability of the material of construction for the
duties required, even if the COMPANY has specified the type and the grade of
material to be used.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\MR FOR VALVES\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI·
RFQ-0001_REV O.Doe
MH2145-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
Page 90117

1111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE
MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR CARBON STEEL BALL VALVES
9.3 Material Take Off (MTO)
Document Number Document Title Rev
MH2145-C060-PI-MTO-0006 6" and above Ball Valve MTO at Rewari 0
MH2145-C090-PI-MTO-0006 6" and above Ball Valve MTO at Bharatpur 0
MH2145-C100-PI-MTO-0006 6" and above Ball Valve MTO at Mathura 0
MH2145-C110-PI-MTO-0006 6" and above Ball Valve MTO at Saiyyadpur Pran 0
M H2145-C 120-PI-MTO-0006 6" and above Ball Valve MTO at Kanpur 0
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\MR FOR VALVES\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI·
RFQ-0001_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
Attached
(Yes/No)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Page 11 of 17

1111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE
MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR CARBON STEEL BALL VALVES
APPENDIX A1: DATA SHEET
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\MR FOR VALVES\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI­
RFQ-0001_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
Page 12 of 17

'ml WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE
MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR CARBON STEEL BALL VALVES
APPENDIX A2: PROJECT SPECIFICATION
N:\S13-MH-214S-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\MR FOR VALVES\MASTER\MH214S-COOO-PI­
RFQ-0001_REV O.DOC
MH214S-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
Page 13 of 17

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC Services for Rewari-Kanpur
Pipeline
MH214S-COOO-PI-SPC-0002
10 April 2013
Raheja Plaza,1 st Floor,
LBS Marg, Ghatkopar (West),
Mumbai- 400086, India
Telephone: +91 226781 8000
Fax: +91 226781 8080
www.worleyparsons.com
© 2013Hydrocarbons
Specification for NDE

11111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE
SPECIFICATION FOR NDE
SYNOPSIS
This document presents the Specification for NDE for the EPMC Services for Rewari-Kanpur
Pipeline.
This report has been prepared on behalf of and for the exclusive use of HPCL, and is subject to and
issued in accordance with the agreement between HPCL and WorleyParsons. WorleyParsons
accepts no liability or responsibility whatsoever for it in respect of any use of or reliance upon this
report by any third party.
Copying this report without the permission of HPCL or WorleyParsons is not permitted.
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
REV DESCRIPTION ORIG
o ISSUED FOR USE
SAWS
REVIEW WORLEY­
PARSONS
APPROVAL
PISK! TELS ARYV
DATE CLIENT DATE
APPROVAL
1 D-APR-2013
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR NDE\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI­
SPC-0002_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0002 Page 2 OF 10

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR NDE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................ 4
2.0 SCOPE ............................................................................................................................... 5
3.0 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS .................................................................. 5
4.0 VISUAL INSPECTION ........................................................................................................ 6
5.0 NON DESTRCTIVE EXAMINATION .................................................................................. 8
6.0 APPLICABLE NOTES ....................................................................................................... 9
ATTACHEMENT -1
(TABLE-1: CLASS, TYPE & EXTENT OF WELD EXAMINATION)
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR NDE\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-
0002_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0002 Page 3 OF 10

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR NDE
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as "HPCL") proposes to lay cross
country multiproduct white oil pipeline (440 Km) for distribution of products in Northern India. The
pipeline is proposed to be laid to transfer EURO-III MS, EURO-IV MS, EURO-III HSD, EURO-IV
HSD and SKO from the existing Tap Off location at Rewari in Mundra Delhi Pipeline (MDPL) in
Haryana upto Kanpur in Uttar Pradesh. The pipeline shall be laid from the existing Terminal at
Rewari, in Haryana up to Kanpur in Uttar Pradesh. The product shall be made available from the
existing Mundra - Delhi Pipeline and newly commissioned Guru Gobind Singh Refinery (GGSR) at
Raman Mandi, Punjab thru Raman Mandi - Bahadurgarh Pipeline.
HPCL has laid 1054 km Mundra Delhi Pipeline (herein after referred to as "MDPL) for transportation
of multiproduct white oil from Mundra, in the state of Gujarat to Bahadurgarh, in Haryana (Near
Delhi) Delhi Pipeline in the year 2007 for handling 5 grades of products. And 250 kms long cross
country pipeline from Raman Mandi (Punjab) up to existing Terminal at Bahadurgarh (hereinafter
referred to as 'RMBPL") for evacuation of white oil products from Guru Gobind Singh Refineries
(hereinafter referred to as "GGSR"). Both the pipe lines have been commissioned and are in
operation
The brief details of the proposed new Rewari-Kanpur pipeline based on reconnaissance Survey and
DFR are presented hereunder:
Rewari- Kanpur Pipeline
Originating Point - Rewari (Existing Tap off Point of MDPL)
Tap off Point - Mathura (Existing) & Bharatpur Depot (Existing)
End Point - Kanpur (New Terminal)
Products - 2 grades of MS (EURO III & EURO IV), 2 grades of HSD (EURO III &
EURO IV) & SKO
SECTION WISE PIPELINE DETAILS
Section
REWARI- BHARATPUR
BHARATPUR-MATHURA
MATHURA- SAIYYADPUR PRAN
SAIYYADPUR PRAN - KANPUR
Length in Kms
138.50
21.50
118.80
158.20
Elevation in meters
Rewari - 253
Bharatpur - 179
Mathura - 181
Saiyyadpur Pran- 155
Kanpur-130
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\ 11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR NDE\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-
0002_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0002 Page 40F 10

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR NDE
The product for the proposed pipeline shall be catered predominantly by Mundra Delhi Pipeline but
provisions shall be made to utilize the products from GGSR refinery, by directly routing the product
being pumped from Raman Mandi (By by-passing Bahadurgarh Tanks) or by pumping ex­
Bahadurgarh Terminal tanks or both to be finalized during the course of detailed engineering.
HPCL has engaged WorleyParsons Sea India Pvt. Ltd (Hereinafter referred to as "WorleyParsons")
as the Engineering Project Management Consultant (hereinafter referred to as "EPMC") to engineer,
organize and manage the project.
Scope of EPMC services include Basic Engineering, Process Design, Detailed Engineering for
procurements, construction works and services, Tendering & submission of Techno-commercial
recommendations, Inspection, material management, Project Management Services, Construction
management / supervision, Quality Assurance and quality control, Safety Health & Environment, Precommissioning
and commissioning, etc.
2.0 SCOPE
This specification covers the general requirements for non-destructive examination of shop
& field fabricated piping.
3.0 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
3.1 Contractor shall meet or exceed the requirements of the latest edition of the following codes,
regulations and standards, except as superseded herein. In cases where more than one code,
regulation or standard apply to the same condition, the most stringent shall be followed. In the
event of a conflict between this specification and other speCifications or correspondence, the
OWNER shall be consulted and a ruling, in writing, shall be obtained before any work is started.
• ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, all applicable sections.
• ASME B31.3 & ASME B31.4
• ASME B16.5 & B16.34
• ASTM E10
• API 1104, Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities
• PFI ES-5, Cleaning of Fabricated Piping
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR NDE\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-
0002_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0002 Page 5 OF 10

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR NDE
3.2 The following General Specifications shall be used in conjunction with this specification
where applicable:
• MH2145-COOO-PI-BOD-0001 Piping Design Basis
• MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0006 Specification for Valve
• MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Piping Specification for Welding
• MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0001 Piping Materials specification
3.3 Some requirements in this specification may be modified by specific requirements in the
Purchase Specification. In case of conflict, the specific requirements supersede this
specification.
3.4 Any deviation from this specification must be approved, in writing, by OWNER. Such written
approval must be obtained prior to the commencement of any work which would constitute
such a deviation.
4.0 VISUAL INSPECTION
4.1 Weld shall be visually inspected wherever accessible in accordance with the following
requirements:
a) Internal misalignment 1.5 mm or less
b) Cracks or lack of fusion Cracks or lack of fusion
c) Incomplete penetration Depth shall not exceed the lesser of 0.8mm or
(For other than 100% radiography butt 0.2 times thickness of thinner components joined
weld) by butt weld. The total length of such
imperfections shall not exceed 38 mm in any
150mm of weld length
d) Surface porosity and exposed slag Not permitted
inclusions (4.7mm nom. Wall thickness
and less)
e) Concave root surface For single sided weld joints, concavity of the root
surface shall not the total thickness of the joint,
including reinforcement, to less than the
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\ 11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR NDE\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-
0002_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0002 Page 60F 10

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR NDE
5.0 NON DESTRCTIVE EXAMINATION
5.1 The type and extent of weld examination shall be in accordance with Summary of Piping
Classes specified in Piping Material Specification (Doc. No. MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0001). All
visual and supplementary methods of girth weld examination shall be in accordance with ASME
B31.3 and the requirements of this specification.
5.2 Welds between dissimilar materials shall be examined by method & to the extent required for the
material having the more stringent examination.
5.3 Certain categories of critical piping are classified under inspection Class IV (100% Radiography)
as follows:
a) High Pressure Classes above 600 #.
b) Severe Cyclic As defined by ASME B31.3.
c) Low Temperature Below temperature of -45 CC & all materials.
d) Critical Service Hydrogen, Oxygen, NACE, Caustic, Chlorine & such
other critical services.
e) High Alloys 5 Cr & above for all pressure classes.
tj High Temperature Above 500'C
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR NDE\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-
0002_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0002 Page 8 OF 10

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR NDE
6.0 Applicable Notes
6.1 Branch welds shall consist of the welds between the pipe & reinforcing element (if any), nozzles
& reinforcing element and the pipe & nozzle under the reinforcing element. Reinforcing element
to be interpreted as pads, saddles, weldolet, sockolet, etc.
6.2 Seal welds of threaded joints shall be given the same examination as socket welds.
6.3 The Magnetic Particle & the Liquid Penetrant method of examination shall be in accordance with
Section V of the ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code, Article VII and VI respectively. The entire
area of the accessible finished weld surface shall be examined. Selected root runs, subjected to
a maximum of 10%, before finished weld, may also be examined, at the discretion of the
Engineer-in-charge.
a) Wherever MP 1 LP testing is specified, either MP or LP test may be used. Wherever only MP
test is specified, LP method of examination may be used only if MP examination is impracticable
in the field as concurred by ElL site-in charge.
For 100% radiography classes fillet welds shall be 100 % MP tested for CS/AS classes and
100% DP tested for SS classes.
b) "Random 10%" of Liquid Penetrant 1 Magnetic Particle test shall mean testing, by applicable
test, one weld for each ten welds or less made by the same welding procedure or operator or
both. Similarly "Random 20%" shall mean testing, by applicable test, one weld for each five
welds or less made by the same welding procedure or operator or both.
c) When Liquid Penetrant examination is specified, the surface shall be free of peened
discontinuities. Abrasive blast cleaning shall be followed by light surface grinding prior to Liquid
Penetrant examination.
d) Inspection shall be performed in the welds excluding those for which radiography has been
done.
e) Girth weld, branch weld, attachment weld & socket weld of 3-1/2 Ni steel shall be Liquid
Penetrant tested only when welded with austenitic material where MP test has been specified.
6.4 Radiography:
a) "Random 10% or 20% radiography" shall mean examining not less than one from each 10
welds or less in case of "Random 10% radiography" or one from each five welds or less in case
of "Random 20% radiography" made by the same welding procedure or welder or both.
Irrespective of percentage, no. of welds to be radiographed shall be minimum 1. However first
two welds made by each welder shall also be radiographed in case of "Random radiography".
Welds selected for examination shall not include flange welds and shall be radiographed for their
entire length. However, where it is impossible or impracticable to examine the entire weld length
of field welds for either random or 1 00% radiography, and if the same impossibility is agreeable
to ElL site-in- charge, then a single 120 deg. exposure of the weld length may be given a
Magnetic Particle test or Liquid Penetrant test. However in such cases for ferro-magnetic
materials, only MP test shall be acceptable for classes higher than 600#.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR NDE\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-
0002_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0002 Page 9 OF 10

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR NDE
b) In-process examination shall not be substituted for any required radiographic examination.
c) Number of radiographs per one circumferential weld shall be as per ASME Sec.V Articles 2
and 22.
6.5 For branch connections, lP/MP tests shall be done on root pass and final pass.
6.6 Hardness Test:
Hardness test for each weld shall be in accordance with ASTM Specification E10, ASME 831.3
and as called for in Piping Material Specification, and shall be made after final heat treatment
(wherever heat treatment is specified in welding specification). The hardness limit applies to the
weld and heat affected zone. Hardness test of the heat affected zone shall be made at a point as
near as practicable to the edge of the weld. One test per weld shall be performed.
Hardness where specifically called out in Piping Material Specification, shall be carried out
irrespective of thickness and to the extent (% age) as mentioned therein.
6.7 For fabricated fittings lP test shall be done on the final pass of welding only, in addition to visual
examination.
6.8 For mitres and fabricated reducers, lP / MP test shall be done on root pass in addition to
radiography applicable to circumferential joint of respective piping class.
6.9 As per TAC requirements, 10% of the butt weld joints shall be radiographed, however, 50% of
these butt weld jOints shall be field weld jOints.
6.10 In lines where weld joints are subjected to Stress relieving, Radiography/any NOT for
acceptance of the joint as required by the specification shall be carried out only after stress
relieving.
6.11 For lined specs, testing (MP/lP/Radiography etc.) shall be performed before lining.
6.12 Weld deposits should be checked for ferrite content. A Ferrite Number (FN) not less than 3 %
and not more than 10 % is required to avoid sigma phase embrittlement during heat treatment.
FN shall be determined by Ferritescope or may be calculated using Schaffler or Delong
diagrams (the Delong diagram should be used if FCAW welding is performed), prior to post
weld heat treatment.
6.13 Hardness test for welds of all classes of Hydrogen service of carbon steel (for thickness under
19 mm) is required and it is 10%.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR NDE\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-
0002_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0002 Page 10 OF 10

ATTACHEMENT - 1
TABLE 1 : CLASS, TYPE & EXTENT OF WELD EXAMINATION (CONTO .. )
INSPECTION SERVICE METERIAL P. NO. TEMP. PRESSURE APPLICABLE TYPE OF REMARK
CLASS DEG.C CLASS PIPING CLASS EXAMINATION TYPE OF WELD EXAMINED
B16.5/B16.34
GIRTH SOCKET ATIACAH- FABRICATED
BUTI WELD MENTWELD BRANCH WELD
WELD (NOTE 6.2) (NOTE 6.1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
I UTILITY WATER CARBON STEEL 1 0 A1U a)
AND TO 150# VISUAL 100% 100% 100% 100%
FIREWATER 186 UPTO
10.55 b)
RADIOGRAPHY --- --- --- ---
KG/CM2 (NOTE 6.4)
c)
MPILP --- --- --- 10%
(NOTE 6.3, 6.7)

· TABLE-l : CLASS, TYPE & EXTENT OF WELD EXAMINATION (CONTO .. )
INSPECTION SERVICE METERIAL P. NO. TEMP. PRESSURE APPLICABLE TYPE OF REMARK
CLASS DEG.C CLASS PIPING CLASS EXAMINATION TYPE OF WELD EXAMINED
B16.5/B16.34
GIRTH SOCKET ATTACAH- FABRICATED
BUTT WELD MENTWELD BRANCH WELD
WELD (NOTE 6.2) (NOTE 6.1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
II
PROCESS
HYDROCARBON
-29 TO 150# A1 a)
(HSD III, HSD IV, MS III,
MS IV, SKO),
CARBON STEEL 1 427
300# B1 VISUAL 100% 100% 100% 100%
PROCESS DRAINS 600# C1
b)
900# D1 RADIOGRAPHY 100% --- --- ---
C2 (NOTE 6.4)
c)
MP/LP (NOTE
-- -- --- -
LP (NOTE 6.3, 6.7) --- 100% 10% 100%
d)
HARDNESS NOTE 6.6 NOTE 6.6 NOTE 6.6 NOTE 6.6

TABLE-l : CLASS, TYPE & EXTENT OF WELD EXAMINATION
INSPECTION SERVICE METERIAL P.NO. TEMP. PRESSURE APPLICABLE TYPE OF REMARK
CLASS DEG.C CLASS PIPING CLASS EXAMINATION TYPE OF WELD EXAMINED
B16.5/B16.34
GIRTH SOCKET ATIACAH- FABRICATED
BUTI WELD MENTWELD BRANCH WELD
WELD (NOTE 6.2) (NOTE 6.1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
II -29 TO 150# A5 a)
CHEMICAL DOSING SS316 8 500 300# & VISUAL 100% 100% 100% 100%
600# C5
b)
900# RADIOGRAPHY 20% --- --- ---
(NOTE 6.4)
c) .
MP/LP (NOTE
LP (NOTE 6.3, 6.7) --- 20% --- 20%
d)
HARDNESS NOTE 6.6 NOTE 6.6 NOTE 6.6 NOTE 6.6

•
Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC Services for Rewari-Kanpur
Pipeline
Piping Specification for Welding
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003
10 April 2013
Raheja Plaza,1 st Floor,
LBS Marg, Ghatkopar (West),
Mumbai- 400086, India
Telephone: +91 22 6781 8000
Fax: +91 226781 8080
www.worleyparsons.com
© 2013Hydrocarbons

•
Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
SYNOPSIS
This document presents the Piping Specification for Welding for the EPMC Services for Rewari­
Kanpur Pipeline.
This report has been prepared on behalf of and for the exclusive use of HPCL, and is subject to
and issued in accordance with the agreement between HPCL and WorleyParsons.
WorleyParsons accepts no liability or responsibility whatsoever for it in respect of any use of or
reliance upon this report by any third party.
Copying this report without the permission of HPCL or WorleyParsons is not permitted.
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
REV DESCRIPTION ORIG
o ISSUED FOR USE
SAWS
REVIEW WORLEY­
PARSONS
APPROVAL
PISK/ TELS ARYV
DATE CLIENT DATE
APPROVAL
1 D-APR-2013
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003_REV O_.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Page 2 OF 19

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................. , ............. 5
2.0 SCOPE ............................................................................................................................... 6
3.0 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS .................................................................. 6
4.0 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................... 7
4.1 Workmanship ..................................................................................................................... 7
4.2 Contractor's Responsibility ................................................................................................ 7
5.0 MATERIALS .......... , .............................................................................................. , ............. 7
5.1 General .............................................................................................................................. 7
5.2 Tools and Equipment ......................................................................................................... 7
5.3 Welding Electrodes and Rods ........................................................................................... 7
6.0 WELDING PROCEDURES .... .................................................................... '" ..................... 8
6.1 Process .............................................................................................................................. 8
7.0 JOINT PREPARATION ...................................................................................................... 9
7.1 Pipe Surface ................................................................................ , ..................................... 9
7.2 Pipe Cutting ....................................................................................................................... 9
7.3 Bevels .............................................................................................................................. 10
7.4 Alignment .............................................................. , .......................................................... 10
8.0 WELDING DETAILS .................................................................... , ................................... 10
8.1 General ............................................................................................................................ 10
9.0 WELDING TECHNIQUES ................................................................................................ 11
9.1 Horizontal Roll Welds ...................................................................................................... 11
9.2 Horizontal Fixed Welds .................................................................................................... 11
9.3 Vertical Welds .................................................................................................................. 12
9.4 Fillet Welds ...................................................................................................................... 12
9.5 Treatment of Underside of Weld ...................................................................................... 12
9.6 Cleaning ............................................................................................................... , ........... 12
9.7 Weld Identification ............................................................................................................ 13
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING\MASTER COPy\MH2145-
COOO-PI-SPC-0003_REV O_.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Page 3 OF 19

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
10.0 HEAT TREATMENT ......................................................................................................... 13
1 0.1 Preheat ......................................................................................................................... 13
10.2 Post heat ...................................................................................................................... 13
10.3 Stress Relieving ........................................................................................................... 13
11.0 QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS .................................................................................... 14
11 .1 General ......................................................................................................................... 14
11.2 Testing Welders ........................................................................................................... 15
11.3 Test Welds Required .................................................................................................... 15
11.4 Testing Coupons .......................................................................................................... 16
11.5 Visual Examination ....................................................................................................... 16
11.6 Guided Bend Tests ....................................................................................................... 16
11.7 Nick-Break Tests .......................................................................................................... 16
11.8 Extra Test ..................................................................................................................... 16
11.9 Records ........................................................................................................................ 17
12.0 FIELD INSPECTION ........................................................................................................ 17
12.1 Inspection Methods ...................................................................................................... 17
12.2 Non-Destructive Testing ............................................................................................... 17
12.3 Inclement Weather ....................................................................................................... 17
13.0 STANDARDS OF ACCEPTABILITY FOR PRESSURE PIPING .................................... 17
13.1 General ......................................................................................................................... 1 7
13.2 Weld Defects and Repairs ........................................................................................... 18
13.3 Defects ......................................................................................................................... 18
13.4 Repairs ......................................................................................................................... 18
13.5 Notes ............................................................................................................................ 18
14.0 GUARANTEE .................................................................................................................. 19
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING\MASTER COPy\MH2145-
COOO-PI-SPC-0003_REV O_.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Page 40F 19

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
1 .0 INTRODUCTION
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as "HPCL") proposes to lay cross
country multiproduct white oil pipeline approximately (440 Km) for distribution of products in Northern
India. The pipeline is proposed to be laid to transfer EURO-III MS, EURO-IV MS, EURO-III HSD,
EURO-IV HSD and SKO from the existing Tap Off location at Rewari in Mundra Delhi Pipeline
(MDPL) in Haryana upto Kanpur in Uttar Pradesh. The pipeline shall be laid from the existing
Terminal at Rewari, in Haryana up to Kanpur in Uttar Pradesh. The product shall be made available
from the existing Mundra - Delhi Pipeline and newly commissioned Guru Gobind Singh Refinery
(GGSR) at Raman Mandi, Punjab thru Raman Mandi - Bahadurgarh Pipeline.
HPCL has laid 1054 km Mundra Delhi Pipeline (herein after referred to as "MDPL) for transportation
of multiproduct white oil from Mundra, in the state of Gujarat to Bahadurgarh, in Haryana (Near
Delhi) Delhi Pipeline in the year 2007 for handling 5 grades of products. And 250 kms long cross
country pipeline from Raman Mandi (Punjab) up to existing Terminal at Bahadurgarh (hereinafter
referred to as 'RMBPL") for evacuation of white oil products from Guru Gobind Singh Refineries
(hereinafter referred to as "GGSR"). Both the pipe lines have been commissioned and are in
operation
The brief details of the proposed new Rewari-Kanpur pipeline based on reconnaissance Survey and
DFR are presented hereunder:
Rewari- Kanpur Pipeline
Originating Point - Rewari (Existing Tap off Point of MDPL)
Tap off Point - Mathura (Existing) & Bharatpur Depot (Existing)
End Point - Kanpur (New Terminal)
Products - 2 grades of MS (EURO III & EURO IV), 2 grades of HSD (EURO III &
EURO IV) & SKO
SECTION WISE PIPELINE DETAILS
Section
REWARI- BHARATPUR
BHARATPUR-MATHURA
MATHURA- SAIYYADPUR PRAN
SAIYYADPUR PRAN - KANPUR
Length in Kms
138.50
21.50
118.80
158.20
Elevation in meters
Rewari - 253
Bharatpur - 179
Mathura - 181
Saiyyadpur Pran- 155
Kanpur-130
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING\MASTER COPy\MH2145-
COOO-PI-SPC-0003_REV O_.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Page 5 OF 19

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
2.0 SCOPE
The product for the proposed pipeline shall be catered predominantly by Mundra Delhi Pipeline but
provisions shall be made to utilize the products from GGSR refinery, by directly routing the product
being pumped from Raman Mandi (By by-passing Bahadurgarh Tanks) or by pumping ex­
Bahadurgarh Terminal tanks or both to be finalized during the course of detailed engineering.
HPCL has engaged WorleyParsons Sea India Pvt. Ltd (Hereinafter referred to as "WorleyParsons")
as the Engineering Project Management Consultant (hereinafter referred to as "EPMC") to engineer,
organize and manage the project.
Scope of EPMC services include Basic Engineering, Process Design, Detailed Engineering for
procurements, construction works and services, Tendering & submission of Techno-commercial
recommendations, Inspection, material management, Project Management Services, Construction
management / supervision, Quality Assurance and quality control, Safety Health & Environment, Precommissioning
and commissioning, etc.
This specification covers the minimum requirements for welding, thermal treatment, examination
and testing of shop and field fabrication of piping and piping components.
3.0 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
3.1 Contractor shall meet or exceed the requirements of the latest edition of the following codes,
regulations and standards, except as superseded herein. In cases where more than one code,
regulation or standard apply to the same condition, the most stringent shall be followed. In the
event of a conflict between this specification and other specifications or correspondence, the
OWNER shall be consulted and a ruling, in writing, shall be obtained before any work is started.
• ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, all applicable sections.
• ASME B31.3, Process Piping
• ASME B31.4, Liquid Hydrocarbon Transportation Piping
• OISD - 141, Cross Country Pipeline Construction
• Regulations of the authority having jurisdiction in the location of piping installation.
3.2 Some requirements in this specification may be modified by specific requirements in the
purchase specification. In case of conflict, the specific requirements supersede this specification.
3.3 Any deviation from this specification must be approved, in writing, by OWNER. Such written
approval must be obtained prior to the commencement of any work which would constitute such
a deviation.
3.4 Specifications
• MH214S-COOO-PI-BOD-0001 Piping Design Basis
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING\MASTER COPy\MH2145-
COOO-PI-SPC-0003_REV O_.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Page 6 OF 19

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI·KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
4.0 GENERAL
• MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0006 Specification for Valve
• MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005 Specification for Fabrication & Erection
• MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0001 Piping Materials specification
4.1 Workmanship
Work shall be done by qualified and competent craftsmen in a neat and workmanlike manner
conforming to code requirements and industry standards.
4.2 Contractor's Responsibility
5.0 MATERIALS
5.1 General
(a) Contractor shall be responsible for conformance to governing codes, Owner's
specifications, drawings and legal and contractual requirements.
(b) In the event of non-conformance to each of the requirements in (a) above,
OWNER may correct any deficiencies and the cost of such repairs shall be to
Contractor's account.
(a) All pipes shall be new and conform to applicable specifications or standards.
(b) All fittings shall be new and conform to applicable specifications or standards as to
size, type and material.
5.2 Tools and Equipment
(a) All tools and equipment used in the welding operations shall be in first class
operating condition and shall be of a capacity suited to the work for which they are
employed.
(b) Contractor shall provide suitable wind guards, welder's platforms or bell holes when
conditions warrant their use.
5.3 Welding Electrodes and Rods
(a) All gas welding rods must conform to ASTM Specification A251-46T.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING\MASTER COPy\MH2145-
COOO-PI-SPC-0003_REV O_.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Page 7 OF 19

II WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
(b) All coated metal arc welding electrodes must conform to ASTM Specification A233-
55T.
(c) Electrode and rod diameters shall conform to the requirements of the bevels angle
and usage.
(d) Electrodes shall deposit weld metal within the limits of chemical composition and
physical properties as specified for the materials to be joined.
(e) Generally, all shop welding shall be done with low hydrogen type electrodes. Other
types of electrodes shall be considered only if Contractor demonstrates to the
OWNER that acceptable control can be maintained.
(f) Electrodes and rods shall be protected from mechanical damage or deterioration and
shall be rejected if found to be defective.
(g) Contractor shall provide adequate drying ovens and take proper precautions in the
storage and handling of low-hydrogen electrodes. Rods shall be heated in an 800

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
(c) The maximum individual layer thickness for submerged arc welds shall not exceed
the following:
(i) 1/2-inch for materials 1-1/4 inches thick and greater
(ii) 3/8-inch for materials less than 1-1/4 inches thick
(d) All butt welds in pipe two (2) inch Schedule 40 or larger shall be made by the
shielded metal arc process. Root weld may be made by gas tungsten-arc process
and must be made by this process if piping is to be subsequently internally coated.
(e) Butt welds in pipe smaller than two (2) inch Schedule 40 must be welded by the oxyacetylene
process using backhand method for first pass and forehand method for
pass or passes so required.
(f) All fillet welds, including small weldolets and socket welds, shall be made by the
shielded metal arc process.
(g) Longitudinal welds made by the submerged arc welding process shall be made only
with removable starting and stopping tabs.
(h) Permanently installed backing rings shall not be used without prior written approval
by OWNER.
(i) All welding procedures must be qualified for Charpy impact testing when the code
requirements indicate that the parent material requires impact testing.
(j) When impact tests are required, tests shall be taken from the weld and heat affected
zone.
7.0 JOINT PREPARATION
7.1 Pipe Surface
(a) Surface of pipe at areas to be welded shall be free from dirt, grease, scale, paint, grit
or any other foreign material which may adversely affect the final weld quality.
(b) Where welding pipe either to a flange or another pipe, there must be a band at least
1" wide around the jOint that is free of all foreign matter.
7.2 Pipe Cutting
(a) When cutting pipe to length, it should be cut by mechanical means, if practical.
(b) All ends that are to have flanges attached either in the shop or field must be cut true
and square.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPl\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING\MASTER COPy\MH2145-
COOO-PI-SPC-0003_REV O_.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Page 9 OF 19

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
(e) Butt welds shall be slightly convex, of uniform height, and have full penetration,
unless otherwise approved.
(f) For piping, limitations on weld reinforcement shall apply to the internal surfaces as
well as to the external.
(g) Fillet welds shall be of a specified size with full throat and the legs of uniform length.
(h) Arcs must be struck only in weld area and not on virgin surface. A close arc must be
maintained while welding.
(i) After each pass, the layer of weld metal must be cleaned to remove all slag and
scale. Use wire brushes, grinder, or chipping hammer as needed to prepare proper
surface for succeeding pass.
(j) Repair, chipping or grinding of welds shall be done in such a manner as not to
gouge, groove, or reduce the base metal thickness.
(k) No welding shall be done if the temperature of the base metal is not at least 60Df=.
Nor shall there be any welding done if there is moisture, grease, or any foreign
matter on the joint to be welded
9.0 WELDING TECHNIQUES
9.1 Horizontal Roll Welds
(a) When shielded metal arc welds are made in the horizontal rolled position the root
pass shall be deposited by the "downhill" method of welding while the pipe remains in
a horizontal fixed position. For all remaining passes the pipe may be horizontally
rotated as the weld metal is deposited in the approximate top quadrant of the weld
groove.
(b) When oxy-acetylene welds are made in the horizontal rolled position the pipe shall be
aligned and tack welded in a fixed position. The pipe may then be rotated and the
weld deposited in the top quadrant by either the forehand or backhand technique.
9.2 Horizontal Fixed Welds
(a) When shielded metal arc welds are made with the pipe in the horizontal fixed position
the first pass or stringer bead shall be deposited by the "uphill" method of welding.
All subsequent passes shall be deposited by the "uphill" method of welding.
(b) The "downhill" method of welding for all passes may be used depending on the
requirements of the local authority.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING\MASTER COPY\MH2145-
COOO-PI-SPC-0003_REV O_.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Page 11 OF 19

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
(c) Oxy-acetylene welds in the horizontal fixed position shall be deposited uphill by either
the forehand or backhand technique. The welder shall use the same technique in
production as he used in his qualification test.
9.3 Vertical Welds
(a) When shielded metal arc welds are made with the pipe in an approximately vertical
position, the deposition of weld metal shall be multiple beads deposited in an
approximately horizontal plane. The cover pass may be deposited in beads or by a
laced technique.
(b) All oxy-acetylene welds in the vertical position shall be made by the backhand
technique.
9.4 Fillet Welds
(a) When slip-on flanges are attached to pipe by welding and the weld is required to be
made in either rolled or fixed positions, the inside weld shall be made first, followed
by the weld at the reverse or back side of the flange.
(b) When coupling and socket weld type fittings are attached to piping, the weld size
shall be 1 .4 times the nominal pipe wall thickness.
(c) All fillet welds shall be slightly concave and the length of each leg approximately
equal.
(d) Fillet welds attaching supports and other non-pressure attachments shall not exceed
three-eighths (3/8) inch weld size.
9.5 Treatment of Underside of Weld
(a) The use of backing rings for butt welds is prohibited.
(b) Excessive inside reinforcement of the root pass shall be removed by grinding where
possible.
(c) Back welding or repairing the root bead from the inside will not be allowed. Except in
cases where the weld jOint will be stress relieved preheating to 400 or: will be required
before attempting to back weld.
9.6 Cleaning
(a) All slag, knots of filler material and surface defects shall be removed between
passes. Cleaning may be done with either hand or power tools. Flame gouging is
prohibited.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING\MASTER COPy\MH2145-
COOO-PI-SPC-0003_REV O_.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Page 12 OF 19

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
(c) The stress relieving temperature to be attained shall be 1100F minimUm, 1150F
maximum. The soak period at this temperature shall be one hour per inch of pipe
wall thickness and in no case shall the soak period be less than one hour.
(d) Rates of heating and cooling shall be in accordance with the requirements for
thermal stress relief presented in paragraph UCS-50, Section VIII of the ASME Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code, and in any event, the rate of heating above 6000f may
not be more than 400°F per hour, nor the rate of cooling more than 500°F per hour
above 600 OF.
(e) For field stress relieving, a continuous temperature record or 10 minute interval log
shall be furnished of the program from heating, soaking and cooling to 600Of. Two
thermocouples shall be installed at each weld so that continuous readings can be
assured in the event of thermocouple failure.
(f) When field stress relieving, weld shall be insulated with 3-inch insulation for a
minimum of 18 inches on each side of the weld and such insulation shall be left until
the weld has cooled to 100 Of (hand hot).
(g) Flange facings and threaded connections must be adequately protected against
oxidation during stress relieving and must be cleaned and freed of defects after
stress relieving.
(h) No heat or welding may be applied to any piping or joint after stress relieving is
complete unless the stress relieving is to be complete on any piping system before
such system is pressure tested.
(i) All stress relieving equipment shall be supplied at Contractor's expense.
11.0 QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS
11.1 General
(a) Contractor shall use only competent skilled and qualified welders.
(b) Each welder employed by Contractor shall be required to pass a welding test before
being allowed to weld.
(c) OWNER shall witness the test and judge the specimens. A welder may be
disqualified at any time if the performance is judged unsatisfactory by OWNER.
(d) A welder shall not be allowed to make any welds for which he has not been qualified
and certified.
(e) Cost of all welding Qualifications and for applicable testing requirement shall be bare
by Contractor.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING\MASTER COPy\MH2145-
COOO-PI-SPC-0003_REV O_.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Page 14 OF 19

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
11.2 Testing Welders
(a) Welders, welding operators shall be qualified according to the welding procedure in
accordance with Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. A
detailed record of this test must be kept showing date of last tests and must be
certified by Contractor and accessible to OWNER.
(b) The welding procedure in the above test will be adhered to during subsequent
construction.
(c) An identification number, letter, or symbol shall be assigned to each welder which will
identify their work. Such identification will be recorded on the welder's qualification
tests.
(d) Contractor shall furnish all welding equipment and pipe and prepare all nipples used
in testing the welders. Contractor shall bear all costs in connection with the test.
11.3 Test Welds Required
The following test welds shall be required to qualify a welder for each of the specified types of
welding:
(a) Shielded metal arc welders shall make one (1) test weld in the horizontal fixed
position and one (1) in the vertical position. Qualification under this procedure shall
also qualify a welder to make low pressure welds and horizontal roll welds. This test
will be completed in accordance with Contractor's approved Registered Welding
Procedure.
(b) Oxy-acetylene welders shall make one (1) test weld in the horizontal fixed position,
and one (1) weld in the vertical position. These tests also qualify the welder for
horizontal roll welds by oxy-acetylene welding.
(c) Satisfactory passing of the shielded metal arc tests outlined above shall qualify a
welder for work on all diameters and grades of carbon steel pipe in wall thickness up
to and including 0.875 inches.
(d) Qualification tests for oxy-acetylene welding shall be performed on ASTM A 106
Grade B Schedule 40 pipe, 2.375 inches in diameter or less on 0.280 inch wall
thickness.
(e) Satisfactory passing of the oxy-acetylene welding tests outlined above shall qualify a
welder on all grades of carbon steel pipe 2.375 inches in diameter or less and 0.280
inch wall thickness or less.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\ 11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING\MASTER COPY\MH2145-
COOO-PI-SPC-0003_REV O_.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Page 15 OF 19

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
11.4 Testing Coupons
(a) Test coupons shall be torch cut, prepared and cooled to ambient temperature for
testing.
(b) There shall be 2 specimens removed from each quadrant of the test coupon. One
specimen will be for a root bend, the other for a face bend.
(c) In addition 2 specimens will be prepared for nick-break tests.
(d) Four (4) test coupons shall be removed from oxy-acetylene test welds, coupons shall
be taken at 90 0 angles.
11.5 Visual Examination
(a) A test weld with a non-uniform appearance or containing numerous visible surface
defects may be rejected without mechanical testing.
11.6 Guided Bend Tests
11.7
(a) Guided bend coupons, with weld reinforcement removed, shall be bent in a guided jig
meeting the requirements of Section IX, ASME Code.
(b) A guided bend test will be acceptable if no crack or other defect exceeds one-eighth
(1/8) inch in any direction after the coupon has been bent 180 degrees, except that
cracks occurring on the corners shall not be considered unless there is definite
evidence that they result from inclusions or other internal defects.
Nick-Break Tests
Nick-break coupons with weld reinforcement intact shall be nicked through the centre of the
weld on both edges, broken and examined visually. A nick-break test will be acceptable if the
fractured surface reveals:
(a) Complete penetration and fusion.
(b) Not more than six (6) gas pockets per square inch or individual gas pockets no
greater than one-sixteenth (1/16) inch.
(c) No slag inclusions are greater than one-thirty second (1/32) inch in depth and
separated by one-half (1/2) inch of sound weld metal.
11.8 Extra Test
If only one (1) coupon is unacceptable, another coupon may be removed adjacent to the one
that failed. Should this coupon also be unacceptable, the welder will be disqualified.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\ 11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING\MASTER COPy\MH2145-
COOO-PI-SPC-0003_REV O_.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Page 16 OF 19

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
11.9 Records
Records of qualification tests of each welder shall be retained by OWNER and Contractor
and shall be available to those authorized to examine them.
12.0 FIELD INSPECTION
12.1 Inspection Methods
(a) OWNER may use any method of inspection necessary to establish quality control
and insure adherence to welding procedures. OWNER shall have the right to accept
or reject any weld not meeting the requirements of this specification, or if Owner's
inspector terms welds unacceptable to the service for which they are intended.
(b) The completed weld shall present a uniform and workmanlike appearance and shall
be symmetrical to the centre line of the weld.
(c) The weld shall be free from pinholes, undercutting and other visible defects.
12.2 Non-Destructive Testi ng
(a) Contractor shall be carried out DP test after every root run on entire welding scope of
work at the expense of CONTRACTOR'S cost, unless otherwise specified.
(b) Weld quality will be checked by radiographic inspection at the expense of
CONTRACTOR'S, unless otherwise specified. Defects located by radiography shall
not exceed the limits of the "Standards of Acceptability" as outlined in these
Specifications.
(c) OWNER may select any SECTION of welds for radiographic inspection. For quantum
of radiography refer piping material specification (MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0001).
12.3 Inclement Weather
(a) Welding operations shall be suspended outdoors when in the opinion of Owner's
representative the weather conditions are unsuitable for welding.
13.0 STANDARDS OF ACCEPTABILITY FOR PRESSURE PIPING
13.1 General
These standards of acceptability apply to pipe welds based on the ASME 831.3 Process
Piping Codes. OWNER may use any method of inspection necessary to establish quality
control, and insure adherence to welding procedures. OWNER's welding inspector shall
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING\MASTER COPy\MH2145-
COOO-PI-SPC-0003_REV O_.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Page 17 OF 19

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING
14.0 GUARANTEE
Contractor shall guarantee the piping against defective materials and poor workmanship for a
period stated by Owner after the piping has been placed in regular operation, the total period not to
exceed stated by owner at the time of commission. Contractor shall repair or make good, at his
own expense, any defects noted during the guarantee period.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\PIPING SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING\MASTER COPy\MH2145-
COOO-PI-SPC-0003_REV O_.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Page 19 OF 19

•
Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC Services for Rewari-Kanpur
Pipeline
Specification for External Painting and protective
Coating
MH214S-COOO-PI-SPC-0004
30 January 2013
Raheja Plaza, First Floor
LBS Marg, Ghatkopar (West)
Mumbai - 400086 , India
Telephone: +91 2267818000
Fax: +91 2267818080
© 2012Hydrocarbons

11111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
SYNOPSIS
This document presents the Specification for painting and protective coating for the EPMC Services
for Rewari-Kanpur Pipeline.
This report has been prepared on behalf of and for the exclusive use of HPCL, and is subject to
and issued in accordance with the agreement between HPCL and WorleyParsons.
WorleyParsons accepts no liability or responsibility whatsoever for it in respect of any use of or
reliance upon this report by any third party.
Copying this report without the permission of HPCL or WorleyParsons is not permitted.
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
REV DESCRIPTION ORIG REVIEW WORLEY- DATE CLIENT DATE
PARSONS APPROVAL
APPROVAL
0 ISSUED FOR USE 3O-JAN-13
MAYMI TELS ARYV
SAWS
B ISSUED FOR CLIENT 22-JAN-13
REVIEW MAYMI TELS ARYV
SAWS
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 2 OF 28

1111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI- KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE ............................................................................................................................... 4
2.0 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS ................................................................... 5
3.0 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................... 7
4.0 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................................ 8
5.0 EXTENT OF PAINTING ...................................................................................................... 9
6.0 EXPOSURE CONDITIONS .............................................................................................. 11
7.0 AMBIENT LIMITATIONS .................................................................................................. 13
8.0 SURFACE PREPARATION .............................................................................................. 14
9.0 PRIMING AND FINiSHING ............................................................................................... 15
10.0 INSPECTION .................................................................................................................... 20
11.0 GUARANTEE .................................................................................................................... 21
APPENDICES
Appendix - 1.0 Color Code
Appendix - 2.0 Exposure Areas
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WOR KING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-O Page 3 OF 28

11111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
1.0 SCOPE
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as "H PCl") proposes to lay
cross country multiproduct white oil pipeline for distribution of products in Northern India. The pipeline
shall be laid from the existing Terminal at Rewari, in Haryana up to Kanpur in Uttar Pradesh. The
product shall be made available from the existing Mundra- Delhi Pipeline and Raman Mandi -
Bahadurgarh Pipeline.
The Rewari-Kanpur Pipeline should have all required facilities for pipeline transportation of petroleum
products with end to end connectivity to the proposed Tap Off Stations and End Receipt Terminal and
integration with the existing systems of MDPl and RMBPL. The facilities would include the Pump
stations, Scrapper (Pigging) stations, SVs and end receiving station etc. The Pipeline sections would
be provided with cathodic protection systems, OFC telecommunication system along with associated
station facilities. Automation, Control and monitoring mechanisms for pipeline operations should be
provided with PlC based logics and Instrumentation at various stations and with SCADA, Water
IFoam Tender shall also be provided at stations. The scope includes study of existing Telecom &
SCADA system of MDPl & RMBPl and integration of the systems.
WorleyParsons scope of work is to provide EPMC services to HPCL.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 4 OF 28

• WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
2.0 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
2.1 External painting and protective coating shall meet or exceed the requirements of the latest
edition of the following codes, regulations and standards, except as superseded herein. In
cases where more than one code, regulation or standard apply to the same condition, the
most stringent shall be followed. In the event of a conflict between this specification and other
specifications or correspondence, the OWNER shall be consulted and a ruling, in writing, shall
be obtained before any work is started.
• Codes, Regulations and Statutes of Authorities having jurisdiction in location of installation.
• Steel Structures Painting Council Manual SSPC 1 to SSPC1 0
• IS 2379 - Colour codes for the identification for pipelines
• IS 101 - Methods of Tests for ready mixed paints and Enamels
• ASA A 13.1 - 1981 - Scheme for Identification of piping system ANSI
• Swedish Standard - SIS-OS 5900-1967/ ISO 8501-1 : 1988, for painting Steel Surfaces
White Metal
Near White Metal
Commercial Blast
Brush of blast
SA3
SA2%
SA2
SA 1
• ISO 12944 - A global Corrosion Standard
• Industry Quality Control Manual
2.2 Some requirements in this specification may be modified by specific requirements in the
Purchase Specification. In case of conflict, the specific requirements supersede this
speCification.
The order of precedence of documents is as follows:
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WOR KING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 5 OF 28

11111 Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI- KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
1 ) Purchase order.
2) Equipment Data sheets
3) This specification.
4) Owner's Specifications
5) Referenced International Codes and Standards.
2.3 Any deviation from this specification must be approved, in writing, by OWNER. Such written
approval must be obtained prior to the commencement of any work which would constitute
such a deviation.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\ 11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 60F 28

• WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
3.0 GENERAL
3.1 Workmanship
Work shall be done by qualified and competent craftsmens in a neat and workman like manner
conforming to code requirements and industry standards.
3.2 Marking Conditions
Where elevated structures require marking for safety consideration, they shall be marked in
accordance with the requirements or the Authority having jurisdiction.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\ 11 ENGINEERING\ 11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\ WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 7 OF 28

•
Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
4.0 MATERIALS
4.1 Storage of Materials
Materials shall be stored in Manufacturer's containers, clearly marked with Manufacturer's
labels, under Manufacturer's specified storage condition.
4.2 Manufacturer's Recommendations
Materials shall be used and applied in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations
which shall take precedence over this specification.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\ 11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 8 OF 28

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
5.0 EXTENT OF PAINTING
5.1 Surfaces to be painted
5.1.1 The following surfaces and materials shall require shop, pre-erection and
field painting:
• All uninsulated C.S. & A.S. equipment like columns, vessels, drums, storage tanks, heat
exchangers, pumps, compressors, electrical panels and motors etc.
• All uninsulated carbon and low alloy piping fittings and valves (including painting of
identification marks), furnace, and stack.
• All items contained in a package unit as necessary.
• All structural steel work, pipe, structural steel supports, walkways, handrails, ladders,
platforms etc.
• Identification colour bands on all piping as required including insulated aluminium clad,
galvanized, SS and nonferrous piping.
• Identification lettering/ numbering on all painted surfaces of equipment/piping insulated
aluminium clad, galvanized, SS and nonferrous piping
• Marking / identification signs on painted surfaces of equipment/piping for Hazardous
service.
• Supply of all_,primers, paints and all other materials required for painting other than
Owner's supply
• Over insulation surface of equipments and pipes wherever required.
• Painting under insulation for carbon steel and stainless steel as specified.
• Repair work of damaged/ pre-erection/ fabrication shop primer and weld joints at field.
5.2 Surfaces NOT to be painted
5.2.1 The following are not to be painted and must be protected from painting:
• Porcelain
• Gauge Glasses
• Meter Faces
N :\513-MH-2145-RKPL \ 11 ENGIN EERING\ 11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 9 OF 28

1111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI- KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
• Valve Stem and Threads
• Working Surfaces of Equipment
• Name Plates
• Aluminium, Plastic and Stainless Steel
• Insulation or Fireproofing
• Galvanized Steel
• Concrete, Transite, Masonry, Stucco, Etc.
5.2.2 All non-painted surfaces adjacent to panting surface must be masked & protected.
Masking or compounds used to protect non-painted surface must be removed prior to
completion of the job.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 10 OF 28

• WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
6.0 EXPOSURE CONDITIONS
6.1 Coating requirements are primarily determined by exposure conditions. The types and
severity of exposures are outlined in the Appendixes 2.0. These Appendices are to be used in
selecting a coating system for facilities where conditions are expected to be similar to those
shown as per the charts.
6.2 Exposure conditions may overlap in a single location or a change in operation may bring a
change of exposure conditions, either more or less severe.
6.3 Exposure Areas selected for this specific project - Definitions
6.3.1 Areas Classification C3 as per ISO 12944 (See Appendix 2.0).
This exposure area shall be defined as any area where Urban and industrial atmospheres.
Moderate sulphur dioxide levels Production areas with chemical fumes, mist or dust can
combine with high humidity and condensed moisture to corrode carbon steel at rates greater
than 150 micrometers per year and corrode zinc at rates greater than 25 micrometers per
year. Local rates of pitting corrosion may be higher.
Other areas that are having equipment and surfaces operating above 66°C and are subject to
spills of corrosive materials
Examples of areas where severe exposure conditions exist are sulphur plant areas, sulphur
loading areas, chlorination units, areas within 15m radius of cooling towers and areas with
high concentrations of solvent and alkaline fumes.
6.3.2 Areas Classification C 1 /C2 as per I SO 12944.
This exposure area shall be defined as Ruler area, Low pollution, heated buildings/Natural
atmosphere, normal outdoor weathering and/or light concentrations of chemical fumes that
combine with humidity and condensed moisture to corrode carbon steel at rates of 80
micrometers or less per year and zinc is almost free of corrosion.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 11 OF 28

11111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
Examples of areas are most tank farms, areas where moderate exposure conditions may be
found and equipment operating at a temperature such that condensation forms on equipment
externals
6.4 Decide on the design life (durability) of the coating system
ISO 12944 Durability ranges (Time to first major maintenance)
High Durability
Medium Durability
Low Durability
> 15 years design life
5 to 15 years design life
< 5 years design life
For this Project specific Durability of 7 years selected.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 12 OF 28

•
Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
7.0 AMBIENT LIMITATIONS
7.1 Surface Preparation and Material Application
Surface Preparation and Material application is advisable when ambient temperature of the
atmosphere is at maximum level; Surface preparation and primer application shall be done
only in painting Booth. Selected surface preparation standard for this project specific is SA 2 112
unless specified exclusively otherwise.
No surface preparation or application of material may take place under the following
conditions:
• Wet or damp atmosphere
• Noticeable wind
• Atmosphere contaminated by dirt, dust, oil, product or any other pollutant
• No primer shall be applied without witnessing of surface preparation & paint mixing by
Project Consultant.
7.2 Ventilation
During all stages of surface preparation and application of material, adequate ventilation must
be assured.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\ WORKI NG\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 13 OF 28

•
Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI- KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
8.0 SURFACE PREPARATION
The type of surface preparation shall be in accordance with Appendix 2.0
8.1 Abrasive Blast Cleaning
8.1.1 The steel surface shall be cleaned by either abrasive blast cleaning or shot-blasting.
8.1.2 All rough welds, burrs and sharp surface projections shall be ground smooth and all weld
splatter shall be removed prior to blasting operations.
8.1.3 Blast cleaning operations shall not be conducted on surfaces that will be wet after blasting and
before coating,
8.1.4 The blast cleaned surface shall be coated with one application of specified primer during the
same day as blasted, prior to sundown of that day and before any visible rusting occurs. Blast
cleaned surfaces allowed to set overnight shall be reblasted prior to priming.
8.1.5 Sandblast sand shall be freshwater washed, controlled particle size, high silica content sand,
with sharp angular surfaces and no soft particles to ensure fast, positive cleaning action with a
minimum of dusting when used to blast clean metal surfaces. Under no circumstances shall it
contain clay particles or any other extraneous matter.
8.1.6 Profile depth of the abrasive blast cleaned surface shall not be less than 25 nor greater than
40 micrometers
8.1.7 The compressed air for blasting shall be free of water and oil.
8.1.8 No coating shall be permitted to be applied over scale, rust, oil, grit or other foreign material.
All sand, shot and grit will be removed by brush, air blast or vacuum type cleaner prior to
applying primer. Care shall be exercised to assure that the cleaned surface is not
contaminated with any foreign material or fingerprints prior to applying primer.
8.1.9 Surface preparation of fabricated items to be painted in the shop shall be done in an area free
of dust and contaminants from other shop work.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATI NG\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 14 OF 28

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REW ARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
9.0 PRIMING AND FINISHING
9.1 Manufacturer'S Recommendations
The finish and primer paint Manufacturer's recommendations on application and surface
preparation are to take precedence over these general specifications.
9.2 Application Procedures
9.2.1 Mixing of Paint shall be done only in the presence of Consultant. The normal method of
application shall be airless spraying method.
9.2.2 The gun shall be at right angles to the surface and 20 cm to 25 cm from the surface.
9.2.3 Each pass of the gun shall overlap by 50%.
9.2.4 When a pause in spraying occurs, the material shall be blown back into the pot.
9.2.5 The material in the pot shall be kept thoroughly mixed at all times.
9.2.6 Any material not used in its pot life shall be destroyed and the containers used thoroughly
cleaned.
9.2.7 No spraying shall be done within 15 cm of unprepared surfaces.
9.2.8 Prime coating shall be applied soon after preparation - before flash rusting occurs.
9.2.9 Finish coating shall be applied as soon as possible after the underlying coat is in condition to
receive it, according to Manufacturer's specifications.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-P I-SPC-0004-0 Page 15 OF 28

III' WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
9.2.10 Care must be taken to ensure that "hard to get at" places are properly primed and painted,
that there is no bridging, etc.
9.2.11 Thickness gauge shall be used to determine that a complete even coat has been applied for
each primer and finish coat.
9.2.12 No coat shall be applied until the preceding coat has dried. The material shall be considered
dry for re-coating when another coat can be applied without the development of any film
irregularities such as lifting or loss of adhesion of undercoats. Drying time of the applied coat
should not exceed maximum specified for it as a first coat; if it exceeds the paint material has
possibly deteriorated or mixing is faulty.
9.2.13 No paint shall be force dried under conditions which will cause checking, wrinkling, blistering
formation of pores, or detrimentally affect the conditions of the paint.
9.2.14 No drier shall be added to paint on the job unless specifically called for in the manufacturer's
specification for the paint.
9.2.15 Paint shall be protected from rain, condensation, contamination, snow and freezing until dry
to the fullest extent practicable.
9.3 Types of Primer
See Below Table.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 .DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 16 OF 28

Sr.
No.
Worley Pa rsons
A
B
C
0
E
F
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
Description P01 P02 P03
Epoxy Zinc
Technical Name Phosphate
Type of Composition
Volume of Solids
japprox.t
Theoretical covering
Primer
Two
Metallic Zinc Rich Inorganic Zinc
Epoxy Primer Silicate
Components Two components, Two Pack air
Low VQC, High Composition and drying self
Solids, fast performance solvent based
Curing, requirements of inorganic Zinc
pigmented with SSPC Paint 20 Silicate coating
zinc phosphate
70% 59% 60%
Capacity in 4-6 8 - 10 8-9
M2/coatJlitre (approx.)
Loss Factor 40% 45% 35%
Thinning 5% 5% 5%
P04 POS
Tank Mastic or Epliux FRX
High Build Coal Durabuild
tar Epoxy Coating
Two pack Catalysed
polyamide Epoxy resin
curred epoxy with special
resin blended catalyst,
with coaltar pigmented
medium, suitably with Zinc
pigmented phosphate
65% 60%
5-7 4-8
45% 30-35%
5% 5%
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATI NG\WOR KI NG\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 17 OF 28

•
Sr.
No.
A
B
C
0
E
F
G
Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWAFlI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
9.4 Types of Intermediate/Finish Paint
See below table for types of finish paint. Where required coats of finish as per appendix 2.0
are to be applied, the first coat is to be discoloured (1 paint of contrasting shade to every
gallon of main colour), so as to aid visual inspection for holidays, coverage and wear, etc.
Description F01 F02 F03 F04
Self priming type
Acrylic Epoxy High build surface tolerant high
Technical Name Polyurethane finish finish paint build epoxy coating.
Type of Composition
Volume of Solids (approx.)
Theoretical covering
paint (Polyamide) (complete rust control
Coating)
Epliux Super High
Build Coating
Two Pack aliphatic Two pack polyamide Two pack epoxy resin Catalysed Epoxy
isocynate cured cured epoxy resin based suitable resin, suitably
acrylic finish paint medium suitably pigmented and pigmented
pigmented capable of adhering to
manually prepared
surface
57% 62% 80% -
Capacity in M2Icoatilitre 10-13 5-6 5-7 4-5
(approx.)
Weight per litre in kgs/litre
(approx.)
Loss Factor
Thinning
1.3 1.4 1.4 -
30% 30% 30% 30-35%
5% 5% 5% 5-8%
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 18 OF 28

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI- KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
10.0 INSPECTION
10.1 The Owner's representative shall have access to all work while being performed and shall be
given sufficient notification to complete all required inspections.
10.2 All prepared surfaces shall be subject to inspection by Owner's representative and approval
before primer is applied.
10.3 Measurement of paint dry film thickness will be made with a Mikrotest or similar gauge.
Failure to meet specified thickness requirement shall cause work to be rejected.
10.4 Paint shall not be thinned beyond Manufacturer's recommendation and if OWNER requires it,
a viscosity check shall be made.
10.5 Work will be rejected because of poor workmanship. Poor workmanship is defined as
inadequate drying or curing, dirt and dust inclusions, overspray, pin-holes, runs and sags, or
inadequate film build.
10.6 Acceptable finish work must be free of abrasions and must be uniform in colour and
appearance.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 20 OF 28

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
11.0GUARANTEE
Contractor shall guarantee painting against any defect including poor workmanship and
improper application. This guarantee shall remain in effect for seven (7) years from the date
painting is completed or after final inspection release note from consultant. Contractor shall
repair at his own expense any defects noted during the guarantee period.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 21 OF 28

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI- KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
APPENDIX - 1.0
PAINT COLOUR CODE FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT:
SCOPE
This specification covers the requirement of colour scheme for the identification of the contents of the
pipelines carrying fluids, storage tanks and equipments in refineries, terminals and petrochemical
installations The following colour coding system has been made based on international standards like
ASME/ANSI, BS and Indian Standard.
IDENTIFICATION
The system of colour coding consists of a ground colour and secondary colour bands superimposed
over the ground colour. The ground colour identifies the basic nature of the service and secondary
colour band over the ground colour distinguishes the particular service. The ground coloLir shall be
applied over the entire length of the uninsulated pipes. For insulated lines ground colour shall be
provided as per specified length to identify the particular service. Above colour code is applicable for
both unit and offside pipelines.
The following ground colour designation for identification of basic classification of various important
services shall be followed:
Post Office Red Fire protection materials
Orange Volatile petroleum products (motor spirit and Lighter)
Oxide Red
Non- Volatile Petroleum Products (SKO and heavier,
Including HSD)
Black Slop Oils
Sky Blue Water (All purities and temperature)
Sea Green Air and its components
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 22 OF 28

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI- KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
Secondary colours: the narrow bands presenting the secondary colour which identifies the specific
service may be applied by painting or preferably by use of adhesive plastic tapes of the specific
colour.
COLOUR BANDS AND IDENTIFICATION LETTERING
Colour band and lettering shall be done in with the same paint as for finished coat. The details given
in Industry Quality Control Manual shall only be followed, unless specified otherwise exclusively.
The following specifications of colour bands shall be followed
For identifying the piping contents, size of letters in legends will depend to some extent upon the pipe
diameter. Either white or black letters are selected to provide max. contrast to the band colour. Bands
usually are 50mm wide and regardless of band width, are spaced 25 mm apart when two bands are
employed.
Colour Bands and sizing of lettering for piping as per IS 2379:
Size of Pipe or Covering in inch
Width of Colour Bands in Size of Legend Letters in
mm mm
3,4" to 1" 200 10
11/2" to 2" 200 20
3" to 6" 300 30
8" to 1 0" 600 63
Over 10" 800 90
Size of the letters stencilled 1 written for equipments shall be as given below:
Vessel -
Pump, and other machinery -
150mm (Height)
50 mm (Height)
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 23 OF 28

1111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
Colour Bands: The location and size of the Bands, as recommended, when used, shall be
applied to the pipe.
On both side of the Valves, tees and other fittings of importance.
Where the pipe enters and emerges from wall and where it emerges from road and
walkway overpasses, unit battery limits.
At uniform intervals along long section of pipe.
Adjacent to Tanks, Vessels and Pumps.
For piping, writing of name of service and direction of flow for all the lines shall be done at
following location
- The letters will be on Black on pipes painted with light shade colours and white on pipes
painted with dark shade colour to give good contrast
- On stainless steel line precaution should be taken while painting by using low chloride
content
Colour Band Specification:
a) Unit area; bands at intervals of 6.0 Mtrs.
b) Offsite area: Bands at intervals of 10.0 Mtrs.
c) Each pipe segment will have min. one band indication, irrespective of length.
d) The band shall be displayed near walkway, both side of culverts, tank dykes, tanks,
Vessels, suction and discharge of Pumps, unit battery limit, near valves of line, etc.
e) In case of camouflaging requirements of civil defence or any other location requirement,
the same shall be followed accordingly.
The specification for application of the complete piping identification colour code, including
base and bands colours, are presented in the enclosed table
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 .DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 24 OF28

• WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
Sr. No. Service Recommended color Code
1 Hydrocarbon Lines (Uninsulated)
2 M.S. ORANGE WITH 1 DARK AD, GREY
3 HSD OXIDE RED WITH 1 WHITE BAND
4 SKO OXIDE RED 1 GREEN BANDS
5 ATF LIEF BROWN WITH 1 YEllOW BAND
6 SLOP & WASTE OIL BLACK WITH ONE ORANGE BAND
7 CORROSION INHIBIBITOR CANARY YELLOW WITH 1 ALUMINIUM BAND
8 WATER LINES (UNINSULATED)
9 RAW WATER SKY BLUE WITH 1 BLACK BAND
10 POTABLE WATER SKY BLUE WITH GREEN RED BAND
11 SERVICE WATER SKY BLUE WITH 1 SIGNAL RED BAND
12 FIRE PROTACTION ABOVE GROUND(UNINSULATED)
13
FIRE WATER FOAM AND
EXTINGUISHERS
POST OFFICE RED
14 UNINSULATED EQUIPMENT,TANKS & STRUCTURES
15 VESSELS ALUMINIUM I OFF WHITE
16 ALL OTHER TANKS ALUMINIUM I OFF WHITE
17 PUMPS NEVY BLUE
18 HAND RAILINGS SIGNAL RED
19
20
STAIRCASE,LADDER &
WALKWAYS
LOAD LIFTING EQUIPMENTS &
MONO RAILS
BLACK
LEAF BROWN
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 25 OF 28

11111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
Note:
21 GENERAL STRUCTURES
BLACK
Contractor shall follow Camouflaging requirements at locations falling under Defence
requirement.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WOR KING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 26 OF 28

Field Paint
System for
CS Storage
tanks
(Internal) for
C3
environments
Coating
system for
External Side
of
Underground
CS Plant
Piping &
Tanks
Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR HPCL'S REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
PAINTING SPECIFICATION
Internal surface of Tanks
Bottom plate and Tank -14 to
shell up to 1 mtr. height 80
from bottom plate
Yard and Over the ditch 25 to
coating 60
1 coat of 1 coat of
SA-2 V2 P03 of 7011 F04 of
OFT 12511 OFT
2 Coats of
SA-2 V2 P02 of 75
OFT
4 mm Thk.
Coaltar
coating
Wrapping
as per
AWWA-C-
203 in 2
layer of
each 2
mmThk
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERNAL PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE
COATING\WORKING\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0004-0 Page 28 OF 28
195
4mm

•
Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC Services for Rewari-Kanpur
Pipeline
Specification for Fabrication & Erection
MH214S-COOO-PI-SPC-OOOS
10 April 2013
Raheja Plaza,1 st Floor,
LBS Marg, Ghatkopar (West),
Mumbai- 400086, India
Telephone: +91 22 6781 8000
Fax: +91 226781 8080
www.worleyparsons.com
© 2013Hydrocarbons

11111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE
SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION & ERECTION
SYNOPSIS
This document presents the Specification for Fabrication & Erection for the EPMC Services for
Rewari-Kanpur Pipeline.
This report has been prepared on behalf of and for the exclusive use of HPCL, and is subject to and
issued in accordance with the agreement between HPCL and WorleyParsons. WorleyParsons
accepts no liability or responsibility whatsoever for it in respect of any use of or reliance upon this
report by any third party.
Copying this report without the permission of HPCL or WorleyParsons is not permitted.
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
REV DESCRIPTION ORIG
o ISSUED FOR USE
SAWS
REVIEW WORLEY­
PARSONS
APPROVAl
PISK/ TELS ARYV
DATE CLIENT DATE
APPROVAl
1 G-APR-2013
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION AND
ERECTION\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005 Page 2 OF 12

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION & ERECTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................ 4
2.0 SCOPE ............................................................................................................................... 5
3.0 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS .................................................................. 5
4.0 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................... 6
4.1 Definitions .......................................................................................................................... 6
5.0 FABRICATION, SHOP AND FIELD .................................................................................. 7
5.1 General .............................................................................................................................. 7
5.2 Branch Reinforcement ....................................................................................................... 7
5.3 Pipe Bending ...................................................................................................................... 7
5.4 Materials ............................................................................................................................ 8
5.6 Welding .............................................................................................................................. 8
5.7 Hardness Testing and Heat Treatment ............................................................................. 9
5.8 Inspection and Testing ....................................................................................................... 9
5.9 Reports and Records ....................................................................................................... 1 0
6.0 SHOP FABRICATED PiPiNG .......................................................................................... 11
6.1 General ............................................................................................................................ 11
6.2 Cleaning ........................................................................................................................... 12
6.3 Marking ............................................................................................................................ 12
6.4 Shipping ........................................................................................................................... 12
N:\513-MH-214S-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOA FABRICATION AND
E A ECTION\MASTE A\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005 _ A EV O.DOC
MH214S-COOO-PI-SPC-OOOS Page 3 OF 12

II WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION & ERECTION
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as "HPCL") proposes to lay cross
country multiproduct white oil pipeline (440 Km) for distribution of products in Northern India. The
pipeline is proposed to be laid to transfer EURO-III MS, EURO-IV MS, EURO-III HSD, EURO-IV
HSD and SKO from the existing Tap Off location at Rewari in Mundra Delhi Pipeline (MDPL) in
Haryana upto Kanpur in Uttar Pradesh. The pipeline shall be laid from the existing Terminal at
Rewari, in Haryana up to Kanpur in Uttar Pradesh. The product shall be made available from the
existing Mundra - Delhi Pipeline and newly commissioned Guru Gobind Singh Refinery (GGSR) at
Raman Mandi, Punjab thru Raman Mandi - Bahadurgarh Pipeline.
HPCL has laid 1054 km Mundra Delhi Pipeline (herein after referred to as "MDPL) for transportation
of multiproduct white oil from Mundra, in the state of Gujarat to Bahadurgarh, in Haryana (Near
Delhi) Delhi Pipeline in the year 2007 for handling 5 grades of products. And 250 kms long cross
country pipeline from Raman Mandi (Punjab) up to existing Terminal at Bahadurgarh (hereinafter
referred to as 'RMBPL") for evacuation of white oil products from Guru Gobind Singh Refineries
(hereinafter referred to as "GGSR"). Both the pipe lines have been commissioned and are in
operation
The brief details of the proposed new Rewari-Kanpur pipeline based on reconnaissance Survey and
DFR are presented hereunder:
Rewari- Kanpur Pipeline
Originating Point - Rewari (Existing Tap off Point of MDPL)
Tap off Point - Mathura (Existing) & Bharatpur Depot (Existing)
End Point - Kanpur (New Terminal)
Products - 2 grades of MS (EURO III & EURO IV), 2 grades of HSD (EURO 111&
EURO IV) & SKO
SECTION WISE PIPELINE DETAILS
Section
REWARI- BHARATPUR
BHARATPUR-MATHURA
MATHURA- SAIYYADPUR PRAN
SAIYYADPUR PRAN - KANPUR
Length in Kms
138.50
21.50
118.80
158.20
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION AND
ERECTION\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005 Page 40F 12
Elevation in meters
Rewari - 253
Bharatpur - 179
Mathura - 181
Saiyyadpur Pran- 155

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION & ERECTION
2.0 SCOPE
Kanpur-130
The product for the proposed pipeline shall be catered predominantly by Mundra Delhi Pipeline but
provisions shall be made to utilize the products from GGSR refinery, by directly routing the product
being pumped from Raman Mandi (By by-passing Bahadurgarh Tanks) or by pumping ex­
Bahadurgarh Terminal tanks or both to be finalized during the course of detailed engineering.
HPCL has engaged WorleyParsons Sea India Pvt. Ltd (Hereinafter referred to as "WorleyParsons")
as the Engineering Project Management Consultant (hereinafter referred to as "EPMC") to engineer,
organize and manage the project.
Scope of EPMC services include Basic Engineering, Process Design, Detailed Engineering for
procurements, construction works and services, Tendering & submission of Techno-commercial
recommendations, Inspection, material management, Project Management Services, Construction
management / supervision, Quality Assurance and quality control, Safety Health & Environment, Precommissioning
and commissioning, etc.
2.1 This specification together with the general piping drawings, line lists, data sheets, job
specifications, inquiry and/or purchase order covers the requirements for the fabrication &
erection related operations and examination of piping.
2.2 The requirements of this specification apply equally to piping fabricated in the shop and in the
field, except where specifically indicated to apply to one or the other.
2.3 The requirements of this specification do not apply to the manufacture or mill inspection and
testing of straight sections of the mill pipe or tubes purchased to ASTM or API and IS
Standards and Specifications.
3.0 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
3.1 Contractor shall meet or exceed the requirements of the latest edition of the following codes,
regulations and standards, except as superseded herein. In cases where more than one code,
regulation or standard apply to the same condition, the most stringent shall be followed. In the
event of a conflict between this specification and other specifications or correspondence, the
OWNER shall be consulted and a ruling, in writing, shall be obtained before any work is started.
• ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, all applicable sections.
• ASME B31.3, Process Piping
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION AND
ERECTION\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005 Page 5 OF 12

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION & ERECTION
• ASME B31.4, Liquid Transportation Systems for Hydrocarbons
• API 1104, Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities
• PFI ES-S, Cleaning of Fabricated Piping
• Regulations, Codes and Statutes of the Authorities having jurisdiction in the location of
Installation.
3.2 The following General Specifications shall be used in conjunction with this specification
where applicable:
• MH214S-COOO-PI-BOD-0001 Piping Design Basis
• MH214S-COOO-PI-SPC-0006 Specification for Valve
• MH214S-COOO-PI-SPC-0003 Piping Specification for Welding
• MH214S-COOO-PI-SPC-0001 Piping Materials specification
3.3 Some requirements in this specification may be modified by specific requirements in the
Purchase Specification. In case of conflict, the specific requirements supersede this
specification.
3.4 Any deviation from this specification must be approved, in writing, by OWNER. Such written
4.0 GENERAL
approval must be obtained prior to the commencement of any work which would constitute
such a deviation.
4.1 Definitions
The following terms as used herein shall be understood to mean:
Shop Fabricated Piping - Piping components or assemblies which are performed or welded
together, in a pipe fabricating shop located offsite, to form integral pieces ready for assembly
and erection This may include bending, forming, threading, bevelling, welding or other
operations necessary for such work and external welded attachments where specified.
Field Fabricated Piping - All piping or assemblies which are fabricated on site, including
bending, forming, threading, bevelling, welding, assembly of shop fabricated piping or shop
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION AND
ERECTION\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005 Page 6 OF 12

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI·KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION & ERECTION
fabricated fired heating tube assemblies, or other operations necessary for the erection and
installation of a piping system, or fired heater tube assembly.
5.0 FABRICATION, SHOP AND FIELD
5.1 General
5.1.1 Piping with meter runs shall be constructed to the tolerances specified in ASME 831.3. All
accessible internal welds shall be ground smooth.
5.1.2 In addition to the requirements of the applicable code, the following requirements shall be
observed:
(i) Location of field welds shall not be governed by the separation of lines into sections
as shown on the general piping drawings. To avoid obstructions, field welds in piping
passing through building wall and roofs, column lines of structures, foundations,
platforms or grade elevation shall be located a minimum distance of 300 mm (12
inches) outside of or above such structural items.
(ii) Longitudinal seams shall be located so as to clear large branch openings and
external attachments. Longitudinal joints in adjoining courses shall be staggered.
(iii) External structural attachments, such as support shoes, lugs and anchors which are
required to be welded to the pipe, shall be attached to the piping by the shop
fabricator where specified on general piping drawings.
5.2 Branch Reinforcement
5.2.1 The requirements for branch reinforcements for piping shall conform to the applicable codes.
5.2.2 A 6 mm diameter vent hole in the reinforcing pad or saddle, to reveal leakage in the weld
between the branch and main run and to provide venting during welding and heat treating
operations, shall be provided. If the reinforcement pad consists of more than one piece, each
piece shall have a vent hole. After all requirements completed vent hole to be filled with hard
grease.
5.3 Pipe Bending
5.3.1 Pipe bending may be considered as an alternate to welded fabrication. This consideration
shall be made prior to piping fabrication to take advantage of possible economics.
5.3.2 If bending is specified, the fabricator's bending procedures shall be in strict accordance with
ASME 831.3 and shall be subject to prior approval by OWNER.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION AND
ERECTION\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005 Page 7 OF 12

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION & ERECTION
5.4
5.4.1
5.4.2
5.6
5.6.1
5.6.1.1
5.6.1.2
5.6.1.3
5.6.1.4
5.6.1.5
5.6.2
5.6.2.1
5.6.2.2
5.6.2.3
5.6.2.4
Materials
All piping materials shall conform to the requirements of the applicable general specifications
or to requirements on the drawings, inquiry and/or purchase order.
Substitutions of material other than specified in Section 5.4.1 herein require prior written
approval by OWNER.
Welding
General
Welding shall be in accordance with General Specification MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003
except where modified by this specification and/or job specifications.
Field welding shall be limited to the shielded metal arc and gas tungsten arc processes.
Backing rings and consumable inserts shall be prohibited unless approved in advance by
OWNER.
Welding of galvanized steel to austenitic steel pressure parts is prohibited.
Field welds shall normally be butt-welded type rather than stub-in or mitre type, unless
otherwise approved in writing by C?WNER.
Welding of Alloy Piping
The deposited weld metal used in welding alloy piping shall be essentially of the same
chemical composition as the base metal, except AWS A5.11 Class ENICRFE-2 may be used
for seal welds, socket welds and fillet welds on P-3, P-4, P-5 and P-6 materials where
postweld heat treatment is not practical (proper preheat still required). When welding
dissimilar materials, the alloy content of the deposited weld metal shall not be less than that
of the base metal having the lower alloy content, and the strength of the weld shall not limit
the maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP) of the piping system to a pressure lower
than the lower MAWP of the pipes joined.
For submerged arc welding, alloying elements shall be provided in the wire and not in the
flux.
Except for seal, socket and fillet welds, procedure qualifications for alloy welding shall include
chemical analysis of deposited weld metal. Certification of the chemical analysis is required
as part of the procedure qualifications.
One sample of weld metal representing each of the qualified procedures used shall be taken
from the finished weld of the completed piping and chemically analyzed. The locations for
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION AND
ERECTION\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005 Page 8 OF 12

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION & ERECTION
sampling will be selected by OWNER. The analysis shall become part of the records
specified in Section 5.9 herein.
5.7 Hardness Testing and Heat Treatment
5.7.1 In addition to the hardness requirements of Table 331.1.1 of 831.3, pressure containing
welds of all P-1, P-3 and P-4 materials, regardless of thickness, shall be limited to 225 8HN
maximum. Hardness testing for these additions to 831.3 requirements shall consist of:
(i) Hardness testing of welding procedure qualification test welds.
(ii) OWNER shall require sufficient hardness tests at the start of work and at such times
as deemed necessary to assure continued compliance.
(ii) Piping not meeting these hardness limits shall be postweld heat treated and the
welding procedures shall be modified to correct the problem.
5.7.2 Carbon steel piping, regardless of thickness, shall have all weld stress relieved per Table
331.1.1 of ASME 831.3 & ASME 831.4.
5.7.3 Postweld heat treatment is required for all P-5 piping materials regardless of thickness.
5.7.4 Postweld heat treatment and hardness tests are mandatory for P-4 or higher P-number
materials in thermal cycling service. Exemptions under ASME 831.3 do not apply for such
services.
5.7.5 Where AWS A5.11 Class ENICRFE-2 electrodes are used for seal, socket and fillet welds per
Section 4.6.2.1 herein postweld heat treatment is not required.
5.7.6 Postweld heat treatment of stabilized austenitic stainless steel (i.e. 321, 347) shall be as
follows:
(i) External seal, fillet and socket welds - postweld heat treatment required.
(ii) Other welds made with three or more passes - no postweld heat treatment required.
(iii) Other welds made with less than three passes - postweld heat treatment required.
(iv) Contractor shall submit proposed postweld heat treatment procedure to OWNER for
review and approval prior to start of welding.
5.7.7 All external attachments welded to alloy piping requiring postweld heat treatment shall have
the attachment welds heat treated.
5.8 Inspection and Testing
5.8.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for examination and adequate inspection to insure
compliance with the requirements herein and all applicable codes. Any inspection by
OWNER shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION AND
ERECTION\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005 Page 9 OF 12

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION & ERECTION
5.8.2
5.8.3
5.8.3.1
5.8.3.2
The Contractor shall perform, as a minimum, the extent of radiographic, magnetic particle or
liquid penetrate examination shown in Section 5.8.4 herein.
ASME Power Boiler Code
Where piping is specified to conform to the requirements of Section I, ASME Power Boiler
Code, the examinations and inspection requirements of that code shall apply. In addition, the
requirements of this specification shall apply where they are more exacting. In case of
conflicts, the more stringent code/specification shall govern.
All code piping shall be subject to inspection and testing. Contractor shall make
arrangements for code inspection on field and shop fabricated piping by an authorized
inspection agency.
5.8.4 The Type and Extent of Examination of Welds
5.8.4.1 Non-destructive tests shall include magnetic particle or liquid penetrant of seal, fillet, socket,
branch and all other welds. The radiography requirements shall be as per the respective
piping classes in Appendix A of Piping Material SpeCifications MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0001
and section 341 of ASME B31.3.
5.8.4.2 The extent of visual examination and level of acceptance shall be determined by the Inspector
assigned to the project in accordance to ASME B31.3
5.8.5 Pressure testing of piping shall be performed in the field in spool pieces and after erection
and completion of any required postweld heat treatment, examination and inspection.
5.9 Reports and Records
5.9.1 The following reports and records, fully identified with the specific material or part of the
piping represented, shall be submitted to OWNER.
(1) Mill test reports shall be required for all material requiring impact testing.
(2) Records are required for pressure parts such as fittings and flanges made in
accordance with an accepted standard (such as ASME). All parts shall be marked
with the name or trade mark of the manufacturer and such other markings as
required by the several standards, and in the case of alloy steel material, with the mill
heat number.
(3) Certificates shall be required for carbon steel material not covered in (2) above.
(4) Mill test reports shall be required for alloy steel material not covered in (2) above.
(5) Pyrometer charts and records of heat treatment.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION AND
ERECTION\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005 Page 10 OF 12

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION & ERECTION
(6) Radiographic films, results of magnetic particle, and liquid penetrant examination
methods, and any other supplemental types of examination, tests or analysis
specified, and the records pertaining to them.
(7) Charts or other records of hydrostatic, pneumatic and brinell hardness tests.
(8) Welding procedure specifications and their qualification results.
(9) Operators welding qualification test results.
(10) Non-destructive test procedures and personnel qualifications.
6.0 SHOP FABRICATED PIPING
6.1 General
6.1.1 This section covers specific requirements for shop fabricated piping.
6.1.2 The scope and extent of piping to be shop fabricated shall be normally:
(1) All 60.3 mm 0.0. pipe and larger.
(2) All pipe smaller than 60.3 mm 0.0. that requires post-heat treatment or examination
by radiographic, magnetic particle or liquid penetrant methods.
(3) Branch connections 60.3 mm 0.0. and smaller in the case of (1) above, and 48.3
mm 0.0. and larger in the case of (2) above, shall be shop fabricated.
(4) All straight pipe requiring heat treatment, regardless of size.
(5) The term 'piping', when referring to shop fabricated piping, under (1) and (2) above
includes all components of a pipe line or part thereof entering into fabricated
assemblies, but excludes valves, flanged fittings, blinds, strainers, separators,
service gaskets, bolting, and specialties that do not require welding, and threaded
fittings, except where such are permitted to be welded into a line. External welded
attachments shall be included only when specified on the drawings.
(6) The shop fabricator shall perform the necessary calculations in accordance with
Section 4.2 herein for piping to determine the necessity for and type of branch
reinforcement.
(7) Piping shall be fabricated so as to form assemblies of the largest practicable sizes
economically suitable for transportation to the job site.
(8) The shop fabricator shall bevel and otherwise prepare the joints to be field welded.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION AND
ERECTION\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005 Page 11 OF 12

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION & ERECTION
6.1.3 The shop fabricator shall keep on file the records and reports specified in Section 4.9.1
herein available for examination by OWNER or its representative for at least eighteen (18)
months after date of shipment.
6.2 Cleaning
Piping shall be cleaned in accordance with the standard cleaning requirements of Pipe
Fabrication Institute Standard PFI ES-5, unless otherwise specified.
6.3 Marking
6.3.1 Each spool piece shall be plainly marked, with white paint, with the line number (as shown on
the isometric drawings) and the piece number, and with an arrow indicating direction of flow.
In addition, any colour code identification that may be specified on the general drawings
and/or other separate instructions shall also be applied.
6.3.2 The line number and piece number and the colour code identification shall be located
adjacent to each other. Spools up to 4.5 meters shall be marked at one end; spools 4.5
meters and larger shall be marked at both extreme ends.
6.3.3 The spool identification number may alternatively be stamped on an aluminium tag
wired securely to the pipe (not the flange).
6.4 Shipping
6.4.1 Before pipe spools are shipped from the fabricating shop, the following preparation and
protection shall be provided:
(1) Flange faces shall be coated with a grease-type rust preventative, and covered with
a plywood or equivalent cover securely wired or bolted to the flange on at least four
(4) bolt holes.
(2) Bevelled or plain ends shall be protected by a plastic or metal caps securely fastened
thereto.
(3) Threaded ends shall be protected by plastic or metal plugs for female thread, and
plastic caps for male threads.
(4) Machined surfaces shall be coated with a grease-type rust preventative and provided
with securely fastened wooded or metal covers.
(5) Socket weld ends shall be protected with a plastic ring.
(6) Spool pieces shall be provided with temporary bracing and blocking to prevent
damage during shipment.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION AND
ERECTION\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005 Page 12 OF 12
and

•
Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC Services for Rewari-Kanpur
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0006
5 April 2013
Raheja Plaza, First Floor
LBS Marg, Ghatkopar (West)
Mumbai - 400086 , India
Telephone: +91 2267818000
Fax: +91 2267818080
© 2012Hydrocarbons
Pipeline
Specification for Valves

•
Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI- KANPUR PIPELINE
SPECIFICATIONS OF VALVES
SYNOPSIS
This document presents the Specification for Valves for the EPMC Services for Rewari-Kanpur
Pipeline.
This report has been prepared on behalf of and for the exclusive use of HPCL, and is subject to
and issued in accordance with the agreement between HPCL and WorleyParsons.
WorleyParsons accepts no liability or responsibility whatsoever for it in respect of any use of or
reliance upon this report by any third party.
Copying this report without the permission of HPCL or WorleyParsons is not permitted.
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
REV DESCRIPTION ORIG
o ISSUED FOR USE
SAWS
REVIEW WORLEY­
PARSONS
APPROVAL
PISKJ TELS ARYV
DATE CLIENT DATE
APPROVAL
4-APR-13
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONSWALVE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION\MASTER COPy\MH2145-
COOO-PI-SPC-0006_REV.O.DOC
MH-2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0006 Page 20F 14

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTORDlJCTION ........................................................................................................•.................. 4
2.0 SCOPE .................................................•........................................................................................... 5
3.0 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDs .............................•............................................. 5
4.0 (;ENERi\IJ .............................................•...........................................•............................................. 7
4.1 General ............................................................................................................................ 7
4.2 Valve Identification ........................................................................................................... 7
4.3 Valve Tagging .................................................................................................................. 8
5.0 I)ESI(;N" ....................••...................................................••................................................•............... 8
6.0 INS'r AI.llJA'rl()N .......................................................................................................................... 10
7.0 VALVE SELEC'rl()N" .................................................................................................................. 11
APPENDIX A VALVE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONSWALVE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI­
SPC-0006_REV.O.DOC
MH-2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0006
Page 3 OF 14

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as "HPCL") proposes to
lay cross country multiproduct white oil pipeline approximately (440 Km) for distribution of
products in Northern India. The pipeline is proposed to be laid to transfer EURO-III MS,
EURO-IV MS, EURO-III HSD, EURO-IV HSD and SKO from the existing Tap Off location
at Rewari in Mundra Delhi Pipeline (MDPL) in Haryana upto Kanpur in Uttar Pradesh. The
pipeline shall be laid from the existing Terminal at Rewari, in Haryana up to Kanpur in Uttar
Pradesh. The product shall be made available from the existing Mundra - Delhi Pipeline
and newly commissioned Guru Gobind Singh Refinery (GGSR) at Raman Mandi, Punjab
thru RamanMandi - Bahadurgarh Pipeline.
HPCL has laid 1054 km Mundra Delhi Pipeline (herein after referred to as "MDPL) for
transportation of multiproduct white oil from Mundra, in the state of Gujarat to Bahadurgarh,
in Haryana (Near Delhi) Delhi Pipeline in the year 2007 for handling 5 grades of products.
And 250 kms long cross country pipeline from Raman Mandi (Punjab) up to existing
Terminal at Bahadurgarh (hereinafter referred to as 'RMBPL") for evacuation of white oil
products from Guru Gobind Singh Refineries (hereinafter referred to as "GGSR"). Both the
pipe lines have been commissioned and are in operation
The brief details of the proposed new Rewari-Kanpur pipeline based on reconnaissance
Survey and DFR are presented hereunder:
Rewari- Kanpur Pipeline
Originating Point - Rewari (Existing Tap off Point of MDPL)
Tap off Point - Mathura (Existing) & Bharatpur Depot (Existing)
End Point
Products
- Kanpur (New Terminal)
- 2 grades of MS (EURO III & EURO IV), 2 grades of HSD (EURO III &
EURO IV) & SKO
N:\S13-MH-214S-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONSWALVE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION\MASTER COPy\MH214S-COOO-PI­
SPC-0006_REV.O.DOC
MH-214S-COOO-PI-SPC-0006
Page 40F 14

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES
2.0 SCOPE
This specification covers the general requirements for manual and motorized operated
valves used in hydrocarbon processing plants, Terminals and facilities, whether field or
shop installed.
The intent of this specification is to serve as a guideline for valve selection, but not to limit
the choice of valves, given special service conditions and new or unique valve technology.
3.0 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
3.1 Valves shall meet or exceed the requirements of the latest edition of all applicable codes,
regulations and standards, except as superseded herein. In cases where more than one
code, regulation or standard apply to the same condition, the most stringent shall be
followed. In the event of a conflict between this specification and other specifications or
correspondence, the OWNER shall be consulted and a ruling, in writing, shall be obtained
before any work is started. Reference codes, regulations and standards include, but are
not necessarily limited to the following:
• ASME 80iler and Pressure Vessel Code, all applicable sections.
• ASME 816.34, Valves - Flanged, Threaded and Welding End
• ASME 831.3, Process Piping
• ASME 831.4, Pipeline transportation systems for Hydrocarbons and other
liquids.
• ASME 81.1, Unified inch screw threads
• ASME 81.20.1, Pipe threads, general purpose (inch)
• ASME B16.47, Large diameter steel flanges
• ASME B16.5, Pipe flanges and flanged fittings
• ASME B16.1 0, Face-to-face and End-to-end dimensions of valves
• ASME B16.11, Forged fittings, socket-welding and threaded
• ASME B16.9, Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt Welding Fittings
• API 594, Check valves: wafer and wafer-lug, and double flanged type.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\ 11 ENGINEERING\ 11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONSWALVE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI­
SPC-0006_REV.O.DOC
MH-2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0006
Page 5 OF 14

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR V ALVES
• API 598, Valve Inspection and Testing
• API 599, Metal Plug Valves-Flanged, Threaded and Welding Ends
• API 6FA, Specification for Fire test for valves
• API 600, Steel Gate Valves - Flanged and Butt-welding ends, Bolted and
Pressure seal bonnets
• API 602, Compact Steel Gate Valves - Flanged, Threaded, Welding and
Extended-body ends
• API 607, Fire test for Soft-Seated quarter-turn valves
• API 608, Metal Ball Valves - Flanged, Threaded, and Welding Ends
• API 609, Lug and wafer type butterfly valves
• API 60, Specification for pipe line valves (Gate, Plug, Ball and Check valves)
• Annual book of ASTM standards
• BS 1868, Steel Check valves (Flanged and Butt-welding ends) for the
petroleum, petrochemical and allied industries
• BS 1873, Steel Globe and Globe stop and Check valves (Flanged and Buttwelding
ends) for the petroleum, petrochemical and allied industries
• BS EN ISO 17292, Metal Ball valves for petroleum, petrochemical and allied
Industries
• BS EN ISO 15761, Steel Gate, Globe and Check valves for sizes ON 100 and
smaller, for the petroleum and natural gas industries
• BS EN 12266-1, Industrial Valves - Testing of metallic valves Part 1:
Pressure tests, test procedures, & acceptance criteria - Mandatory
requirement
• BS EN ISO 10497, Testing of valves - Fire-type testing requirements
• BS EN 10204, Metallic products - Types of inspection documents
• ISO 10474, Steel and steel products - inspection documents
3.2 The following general specifications shall be used in conjunction with this specification
where applicable:
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\ 11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONSWALVE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI­
SPC-0006_REV.O.DOC
MH-2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0006
Page 6 OF 14

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR V ALVES
MH214S-COOO-PI-80D-0001 Piping Design Basis
MH214S-COOO-PI-SPC-OOOS Specification for Piping Fabrication and Erection
MH214S-COOO-PI-SPC-0001 Piping Materials Specification
3.3 Some requirements in this specification may be modified by specific requirements in the
purchase specification. In case of conflict, the specific requirements supersede this
specification.
3.4 Any deviation from this specification must be approved, in writing, by OWNER. Such
written approval must be obtained prior to the commencement of any work which would
constitute such a deviation.
4.0 GENERAL
4.1 General
4.1.1 All materials and installation shall be in accordance with code requirements and
industry standards for good workmanship.
4.2 Valve Identification
4.2.1 Each valve in a facility shall be designated by a descriptive valve identification
number consisting of the following identifiers:
•
Nominal valve size (inches NPS)
• Valve type
• Valve body material
• Primary pressure rating
•
•
Valve style
End connection
• Modifiers
For example, 1 0"-BA-C1 OO-G, specifies:
N:\S13-MH-214S-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONSWALVE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION\MASTER COPy\MH214S-COOO-PI­
SPC-0006_REV.O.DOC
MH-214S-COOO-PI-SPC-0006
Page 7 OF 14

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI·KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR V ALVES
10" Nominal valve size (NPS 10).
BA Valve type (8all valve).
C Valve body material (carbon steel)
1 Primary pressure rating (ASME class 150).
o Valve style / pattern (regular port, floating ball).
o End connection (raised face flanged).
G Modifier (Gear operator - instead of standard lever)
4.2.2 Appendix A provides a detailed listing of valve identifiers, which shall be used in
sequence.
4.2.3 The basic valve designations, without modifiers are standard valves with standard
operators. A modifier symbol or symbols are added to change the specification of
the valves to meet the requirements for special services, temperatures and
operators.
Modifiers shall take precedence and swap the normal requirements in regular valve
identifier.
4.3.3 Refer P & ID for ESD and Isolation valve which required Motor Operation.
4.3 Valve Tagging
5.0 DESIGN
Each valve shall be supplied with a metal tag attached to the valve with a metal wire,
and stamped with the valve code number. Other special information, such as type of
internal coating, shall also be identified on the metal tag.
5.1 Flanged valves 2" and larger and all flanged valves in pressure Class 900 or higher
shall conform to or exceed the requirements of ASME 816.34 and API 600. Screwed
valves and Class 600 or lower flanged valves 2" and smaller shall conform to API
602, except union body-bonnet joints shall not be used.
5.2 Valves may be cast or forged steel depending upon the operating conditions. In
critical service forged valves are preferred.
5.3 Materials shall be carbon steel from ASME 816.5 material groups 1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2
unless otherwise specified by OWNER. Carbon steel materials shall be normalized
or normalized and tempered. Refer specification MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0001 for
piping material selection.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONSWALVE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI­
SPC-0006_REV.O.DOC
MH-2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0006
Page 8 OF 14

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES
5.4 Globe and gate valves shall have outside stem and yoke with bolted or welded
bonnets. Bonnets on check valves shall be bolted or welded. Screwed bonnets or
union bonnets shall not be used. Bonnet bolts shall be ASTM A 193 Grade B7. On all
check and globe valves, the direction of flow shall be cast, stamped or forged on the
valve body.
5.5 Trim materials shall conform to relevant valve standards and be suitable for the
proposed service. Other trim materials may be used subject to written approval of
OWNER. Trim materials, particularly stainless steels, should be selected to prevent
galling. Low melting pOint alloys shall not be used.
5.6 Valves deemed critical to the facility shutdown shall have fire proof design according
to API 607/API 6FAlBS EN ISO 10497.
5.7 Ball valves are preferred for block valves. Ball valves for hydrocarbon liquid or
vapour services shall be fire safe as per to API 607/API 6FAI BS EN ISO 10497.
5.8 In higher temperature services, steel gate valves are recommended. Plug valves are
not recommended in services exceeding 175 OC and may not be used without
OWNER specific approval.
5.9 Ball valve are trunnion mounted 6" & above - 150# and 300#, 4" & above - 600#,
2" & above - 900#.
5.10 Cast iron, semi-steel or ductile iron valves may not be used without OWNER specific
approval.
5.11 Valves which are identified as being lockable in open or closed position shall be fitted
with attachments to permit the valve to be securely locked by a padlock or any
suitable device. The attachments shall be secured to the valve body and hand wheel
on lever in such a manner so as to prevent un-authorized removal or release.
5.12 Gear operators shall be provided as follows:
ASME class 150 and 300
• Butterfly valves NPS 8 and larger.
• Ball valves NPS 8 and larger.
• Globe valves NPS 6 and larger.
• Gate valves NPS 8 and larger.
• Plug valves NPS 6 and larger
ASME class 600 and 900
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONSWALVE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI­
SPC-0006_REV.O.DOC
MH-2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0006
Page 9 OF 14

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES
6.4 Block valves, when required, shall be installed at nozzles of pressure vessels or in
lines connected to nozzles to permit operating valves from grade or a platform.
Equipment shall be capable of being isolated if:
• Operations can continue without it.
• Depressurising associated facilities will delay maintenance on the equipment.
6.5 Globe Valves that will be used as by-pass across control valve shall be motorized
valve.
6.6 All valves shall have sufficient clearance to facilitate removal of the bonnets, plugs
and internals.
6.7 Valve instruments and other equipment, which must be observed, adjusted or
serviced during operation, shall be accessible from platform or grade.
7.0 VALVE SELECTION
Valves type shall be as indicated in the P&ID's and the material of construction of valves
shall conform to relevant pipe class per specification for piping material ·specification
(MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0001). Any deviation from the P&ID's shall be discussed with
the OWNER and a ruling, in writing shall be obtained prior to start of any work.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONSWALVE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI­
SPC-0006_REV.O.DOC
MH-2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0006
Page 11 OF 14

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR V ALVES
APPENDIX A
VALVE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONSWALVE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI­
SPC-0006_REV.O.DOC
MH-2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0006
Page 12 OF 14

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES
Valve style / pattern:
0
Ball Floating
Check
Swing
Gate Solid Wedge
Globe Straight Pattern
Plug Regular Plug
Butterfly Lugged
Needle Mfg's Standard
Other Mfg's Standard
End connections:
o - Raised face flanged
1 - Ring joint flanged
2 - Butt weld
3 - N PT screwed
4 - Socket weld
5 - SW x NPT
6 - Flat faced flanged
7 - Clamped
8 - RF x FNPT
9 - RTJ x FNPT
Modifiers: (Appended in following order)
1. F - Full port, Piggable
2. L Low temperature (To -45 0 C)
3. C - Internally coated
4. G - Gear Operated
1
Trunnion
Horizontal Lift
Flexible Wedge
Angle Pattern
Full Port
Wafer
5. DB - Valve with integral Double Block & Bleed
-
-
2
-
Piston
Slab
Y - Pattern
-
-
-
-
3 4
- -
Dual
Plate
- -
- -
- -
Vertical Ball
- -
- -
- -
6. E - Extended spindle (length from center line of valve to center line of hand wheel)
7. R - Reduced Bore
8. IN - Instrument Valve
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONSWALVE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI­
SPC-0006_REV.O.DOC
MH-2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0006
Page 14 OF 14

•
Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC Services for Rewari-Kanpur
Pipeline
Specification for Pressure Testing of piping
MH214S-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
22 April 2013
Raheja Plaza,1 st Floor,
LBS Marg, Ghatkopar (West),
Mumbai- 400086, India
Telephone: +91 226781 8000
Fax: +91 22 6781 8080
www.worleyparsons.com
© 2013Hydrocarbons

•
Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI - KANPUR PIPELINE
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
SYNOPSIS
This document presents the Specification for pressure Testing of piping for the EPMC SERVICES
FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT.
This report has been prepared on behalf of and for the exclusive use of HINDUSTAN
PETROLEUM CORPORA TlON LIMITED, and is subject to and issued in accordance with the
agreement between HINDUSTAN PETROLEUM CORPORA TlON LIMITED and WorleyParsons.
WorleyParsons accepts no liability or responsibility whatsoever for it in respect of any use of or
reliance upon this report by any third party.
Copying this report without the permission of HINDUSTAN PETROLEUM CORPORATION
LIMITED or WorleyParsons is not permitted.
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
REV DESCRIPTION ORIG
o ISSUED FOR USE
SAWS
REVIEW WORLEY­
PARSONS
APPROVAL
PISKITELS ARYV
DATE CLIENT DATE
APPROVAL
22-APR-13
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 2 OF 18

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................................... 4
2.0 SCOPE ...................................................................................................................................................... 4
3.0 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS ...................................................................................... 5
4.0 FLUSHING ................................................................................................................................................ 6
5.0 TESTING REQUiREMENTS ................................................................................................................... 7
6.0 SYSTEM TESTING ................................................................................................................................ 10
7.0 TEST MEDIA .......................................................................................................................................... 12
8.0 TESTING DATA, RECORDS AND COORDINATION ........................................................................ 13
9.0 PRECAUTIONS, PREPARATIONS AND PROCEDURES ................................................................ 15
10.0 COMPLETION OF TESTING ............................................................................................................ 18
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV D.DOC
MH2145-CDOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 3 OF 18

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as "HPCL") proposes to
lay cross country multiproduct white oil pipeline approximately (440 Km) for distribution of
products in Northern India. The pipeline is proposed to be laid to transfer EURO-III MS,
EURO-IV MS, EURO-III HSD, EURO-IV HSD and SKO from the existing Tap Off location
at Rewari in Mundra Delhi Pipeline (MDPL) in Haryana upto Kanpur in Uttar Pradesh. The
pipeline shall be laid from the existing Terminal at Rewari, in Haryana up to Kanpur in Uttar
Pradesh. The product shall be made available from the existing Mundra - Delhi Pipeline
and newly commissioned Guru Gobind Singh Refinery (GGSR) at Raman Mandi, Punjab
thru RamanMandi - Bahadurgarh Pipeline.
HPCL has laid 1054 km Mundra Delhi Pipeline (herein after referred to as "MDPL) for
transportation of multiproduct white oil from Mundra, in the state of Gujarat to Bahadurgarh,
in Haryana (Near Delhi) Delhi Pipeline in the year 2007 for handling 5 grades of products.
And 250 kms long cross country pipeline from Raman Mandi (Punjab) up to existing
Terminal at Bahadurgarh (hereinafter referred to as 'RMBPL") for evacuation of white oil
products from Guru Gobind Singh Refineries (hereinafter referred to as "GGSR"). Both the
pipe lines have been commissioned and are in operation
The brief details of the proposed new Rewari-Kanpur pipeline based on reconnaissance
Survey and DFR are presented hereunder:
Rewari- Kanpur Pipeline
Originating Point - Rewari (Existing Tap off Point of MDPL)
Tap off Point - Mathura (Existing) & Bharatpur Depot (Existing)
End Point
Products
2.0 SCOPE
- Kanpur (New Terminal)
- 2 grades of MS (EURO III & EURO IV), 2 grades of HSD (EURO III &
EURO IV) & SKO
This specification covers the requirements of flushing and field pressure testing of
piping. It also covers system testing of piping with other connected equipment.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 40F 18

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
3.0 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
3.1 Contractor shall meet or exceed the requirements of the latest edition of the following
codes, regulations and standards, except as superseded herein. In cases where more
than one code, regulation or standard apply to the same condition, the most stringent
shall be followed. In the event of a conflict between this specification and other
specifications or correspondence, the OWNER shall be consulted and a ruling, in
writing, shall be obtained before any work is started.
• ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, all applicable sections.
• ANSIIASME B31.3, Process Piping
• ANSIIASME B31.4, Liquid Transportation Systems for Hydrocarbons
• API 1104, Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities
3.2 The following General Specifications shall be used in conjunction with this
specification where applicable:
•
•
•
•
MH2145-COOO-PI-BOD-0001
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0005
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0003
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0001
Piping Design Basis
Piping Specification for fabrication
and erection
Piping specification for welding
Piping Materials Specification
3.3 Some requirements in this specification may be modified by specific requirements in
the Purchase Specification. In case of conflict, the specific requirements supersede
this specification.
3.4 Any deviation from this specification must be approved, in writing, by OWNER. Such
written approval must be obtained prior to the commencement of any work which
would constitute such a deviation.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 5 OF 18

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
4.0 FLUSHING
4.1.1 Flushing of all lines shall be done before pressure testing.
4.1.2 Flushing shall be done by fresh portable water or dry compressed air, wherever
water flushing is not desirable, to clean the pipe of all dirt, debris or loose foreign
material.
4.1.3 Required pressure for water flushing shall met the fire hydrant pressure or utility
water pressure. For air flushing, the line / system will be pressurised by compressed
air at the required pressure which shall be 50 psi maximum. The pressure shall then
be released by quick opening of valve, already in line or installed temporarily for this
purpose. This procedure shall be repeated as many times as required till the inside
of the pipe is fully cleaned.
4.1.4 In line instruments like control valves, orifice plates, rotameters, safety valves and
other instruments like thermowells which may interfere with flushing shall not be
included in flushing circuit.
4.1.5 The screen / meshes shall be removed from all permanent strainers before flushing.
Screen / meshes shall be reinstalled after flushing but before testing.
4.1.6 During flushing temporary strainers shall be retained. These shall be removed,
cleaned and reinstalled after flushing but before testing.
4.1.7 In case an equipment such as column, vessel, exchanger etc. form part of a piping
circuit during flushing, this shall be done with the approval of Engineering- In­
Charge. However, equipments thus included in the circuit shall be completely
drained and dried with compressed air after flushing is completed.
4.1.8 During flushing discharged water / air shall be drained to the place directed by the
Engineer- In- Charge. If necessary, proper temporary drainage shall be provided by
the contractor.
4.1.9 Care shall be taken during flushing so as not to damage/ spoil work of other
agencies. Precautions shall also be taken to prevent entry of water / foreign matter
into equipments, electric motors, instruments, electrical installations etc. in the
vicinity of lines being flushed.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 6 OF 18

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
4.1.10 The contractor shall carry out all the activities required before, during and after the
flushing operation, arising because of flushing requirements, such as but not limited
to the following:
Dropping of valves, specials, distance pieces, inline instruments and any other
piping part before flushing. The flanges to be disengaged for this purpose shall be
envisaged by the contractor and approved by the Engineer- In- Charge. These
flanges shall be provided with temporary gaskets at the time of flusing.
After flushing is completed and approved, the valve distance pieces, plpmg
specials etc. shall be reinstalled by the contractor with permanent gaskets. However,
Flanges at the equipment nozzles and other places where isolation is required during
testing, only temporary gaskets shall be provided.
5.0 TESTING REQUIREMENTS
5.1 Piping
5.1.1 All piping shall be hydrostatically tested to the minimum pressure specified on the
line lists or by Code, but not less than 103 kPa except piping excluded or modified
herein. Vents and drains open to atmosphere are not required to be pressure tested.
5.1 .2 Category D Fluid Service
5.1.2.1 Category D Fluid Service piping may be tested with the service medium according to
the applicable Code. If such lines are to be hydrostatically tested, the minimum test
pressure shall conform to section 5.1.1 herein and supports shall be designed
accordingly.
5.1.2.2 Test all instrument air headers and piping leads up to the block valve immediately
preceding the filter regulator with air at normal operating pressure. Test all
instrument air tubing or pipe leads between instruments with air.
5.1.3 Pneumatic Testing or Special Alternate Tests
5.1.3.1 Because of the inherent danger and the lower test pressures used, OWNER avoids
pneumatic testing of piping systems, other than those specifically discussed in this
specification. Any cases where the Contractor proposes pneumatic testing,
procedures shall be submitted for OWNER approval in advance. All pneumatic
testing procedures shall be in accordance with the applicable Code.
N :\513-MH-2145-RKPL\ 11 ENGIN EERING\ 11. 7 PI PING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PR ESSUR E TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 7 OF 18

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
5.1.3.2
5.1.3.3
5.1.3.4
5.1.4
5.1.4.1
5.1.4.2
5.2
5.2.1
5.2.1.1
5.2.1.2
5.2.2
Offsite flare headers, from the blinding location downstream of process unit knockout
drums to the base of the flare stack, shall be pneumatically tested per the applicable
Code.
Piping with field installed linings which could be damaged by water may be
pneumatically tested if hydrotesting is not practical prior to lining installation.
Piping that is chemically cleaned or pickled should be hydrotested prior to cleaning.
If this is not practical, pneumatic testing may be considered.
Hydrostatic Testing of Lines Connected to Vessels and Exchangers
The alternate minimum hydrostatic test pressure permitted in the applicable Code is
acceptable for lines connected to vessels and exchangers provided full consideration
is given to the maximum operating conditions of the entire line. Note that the 103
kPa minimum specified in 5.1.1 does not apply in this case.
Where sections of lines cannot be isolated from a vessel due to the absence of
flanged or threaded jOints at the vessel, they may be tested at the test pressure
permitted for the vessel per section 6.3.2 herein.
Sewer Systems
within Unit Limits
All sewer systems shall be inspected and tested for leakage before backfilling as
follows:
(1) Seal outlet side of system.
(2) Fill system with water until system overflows.
(3) Visually inspect system for leaks and repair all visible leaks.
(4) Repeat above steps as necessary until there are no visible leaks
(5) Refill system and allow to sit for a minimum of 12 hours, no leakage allowed.
After backfilling, plastiC pipe shall be refilled with water for a 12-hour period to verify
zero leakage.
Outside Unit Limits
Sanitary, oil and chemical sewers do not require testing; however, prior to backfilling,
the Owners representative shall make a visual inspection of the piping. All sources
of leaks or evidence of poor workmanship shall be corrected prior to backfilling.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 8 OF 18

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
5.3
5.3.1
5.3.2
5.3.2.1
5.3.2.2
5.3.2.3
5.3.2.4
Instrument Piping
Displacement and ball float liquid level instruments, gauge glasses and gauge glass
pipe columns together with the connected piping shall be tested per Section 5.1
herein. Instruments using internal floats shall have the floats removed during tests
where the test pressure exceeds the collapsing pressure of the floats.
Instrument piping (other than that covered by Section 5.3.1 herein) from the
instrument piping block valve process connection up through the instrument, shall be
pneumatically tested in accordance with the applicable Code using the following
procedure.
Instrument air and utility air systems shall be tested with plant air under normal
operating conditions.
For systems that have previously seen hydrocarbon service, the test medium shall
be nitrogen. A separate safety relief valve is required on the nitrogen supply line or a
relieving device built into the nitrogen regulator may be used (in lieu of separate
safety relief valve) when tests at several different pressures are to be made. Either
relief device shall be set to relieve at not more than 34 kPa or 5 percent (whichever
is greater) above the test pressure to be used on the instrument piping.
Determine pneumatic test pressure per the applicable Code for each instrument
piping system.
Determine pneumatic Test (DP) Cell Systems:
(1) Check that system is free of water.
(2) Check that all joints are tight.
(3) Check that orifice flange shut-off valves or instrument piping process block
valves are tightly closed.
(4) Check that high and low side valves, if provided on meter manifold, and
equalizing valve on meter manifold are open.
(5) Hook up nitrogen to drain valve on high side and close drain valve on low
side.
(6) With system at full test pressure, apply a leak detector at all joints,
connections, etc. Detector to be 'Snoop Liquid Leak Detector' or equal.
Repair leaks as required.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 90F 18

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
5.3.2.5
(7) After completion of test, leave instrument piping isolated from the process
line.
Testing other instruments piped up to process lines or equipment, including
analyzers, pressure transmitters, remote mounted pressure gauges, etc.
(1) Check that system is free of water. Check that all joints are tight.
(2) Check that process line shut-off valves are tightly closed.
(3) Check that block valves at instrument are open.
(4) Hook up nitrogen to one drain valve and close other drain valves, if provided.
(5) With system at full test pressure, apply a leak detector at all joints,
connections, etc. Detector to be 'Snoop Liquid Leak Detector' or equal.
Repair leaks as required.
(6) After completion of test, leave instrument piping isolated from the process
line.
5.4 Other Field Hydrostatic Equipment Testing
5.4.1 With the exception of exchangers, further field hydrostatic testing of shop tested
equipment is not required, unless repairs or alterations have been made in the field.
5.4.2 Field fabricated vessels shall be field tested in accordance with the applicable code.
5.5 Retests
Retests at the same hydrostatic pressure originally used shall be made after field
modifications and/or repairs (by welding).
6.0 SYSTEM TESTING
6.1 General
To facilitate the field hydrostatic testing of piping, connected equipment (except the
equipment excluded in Section 6.2 herein) may be included in a system type test
provided the maximum hydrostatic test pressure permitted under Section 6.3 herein
for such equipment is not exceeded.
6.2 Exclusions - Connected Equipment
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 10 OF 18

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
The following equipment shall be excluded from the field hydrostatic test with
connected piping:
(1) Those instruments and instrument piping covered in Section 5.3 herein.
(2) Pumps
(3) Pressure safety valves and rupture discs which may be damaged during a
test. (Any safety valve which is discharged during filled systems testing must
have its set pressure rechecked).
(4) Any equipment specifically recommended by manufacturer not to be
hydrostatically tested.
(5) Any equipment where hydrostatic testing would be detrimental to its operation
or internals.
(6) Piping or equipment that has been pickled for cleanliness.
6.3 Limitations - Connected Equipment
6.3.1 The maximum hydrostatic test pressure on any piece of standard commercial
equipment permitted in a system test of piping shall not exceed the lesser of the
following:
6.3.2 Vessels
6.3.2.1
6.4
6.4.1
(1) Manufacturer's shop test pressure.
(2) Manufacturer's recommended test pressure.
The maximum hydrostatic test pressure at the bottom of vertical and horizontal
vessels in new uncorroded condition and erected position shall not exceed the shop
test pressure.
The maximum hydrostatic test pressure for air cooled exchangers shall not exceed
the shop test pressure.
Limitations - Piping Systems
Minimum Test Pressure
The minimum test pressure of any single line shall not be less than specified in
Section 5.1 herein and as listed in the Line List.
6.4.2 Maximum Test Pressure
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 11 OF 18

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
6.4.2.1
6.4.2.2
6.4.2.3
6.4.2.4
The maximum test pressure on any single line shall be governed by the following
limitations on components:
Pipe: PM = 2 S T
00
PM = Maximum test pressure, kPa
T = Nominal pipe wall thickness, mm
00 = Actual pipe outside diameter, mm
S = 0.90 times the minimum specified yield point at room
Temperature, kPa
Flanges and Flanged Fittings
The hydrostatic shell test pressure in accordance with ANSI 816.5
Valves
7.0 TEST MEDIA
7.1 Fluids
(1) The manufacturer's shop hydrostatic shell test pressure
(2) The manufacturer's shop seat test pressure in cases where a valve in the
closed position would be subjected to the line test pressure.
Special Piping Components
Special piping components, such as displacement meters, expansion joints,
strainers, etc., shall not be subjected to a test pressure in excess of the
manufacturer's maximum allowable working pressure or recommended test
pressure.
7.1.1 Water shall be used for all field hydrostatic tests, unless other media are allowed by
this specification or specified in the engineering design. Use of other fluid in lieu of
water as a test media, shall obtain prior approval from the OWNER
7.1.2 Procedures for supply of test water and testing of water purity shall be approved in
writing by OWNER. The quality of a test fluid shall not be detrimental to the
equipment, materials or process involved. Condensate or treated water may be
required for' piping such as boiler feedwater systems.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 12 OF 18

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
7.1.3 Water for testing equipment and piping containing austenitic materials (valve trim
excepted) shall be the lowest chloride content available (not to exceed 50 ppm
ch lorides).
7.2 Test Temperature
7.2.1 The field test pressure shall not be applied until equipment and its contents reach
approximately the same temperature.
7.2.2 The following test metal temperature shall be observed for testing carbon steel and
ferritic alloy pressure vessels and exchangers, unless the steel has been impact
tested at a lower temperature.
(1 ) Shell thickness less than 38 mm thick: 15'C minimum.
7.2.3 Test temperatures for piping (not to include vessels or exchangers) may be lower
than those temperatures listed in Section 7.2.2 herein provided the following are
considered:
(1) Care should be taken to prevent freezing of the lines.
(2) Testing is above minimum allowable temperatures for the material as
specified in the applicable Code.
7.2.4 In no case shall test water temperatures for austenitic stainless steel equipment and
for stainless steel internals (valve trim excluded) exceed 52 'C.
7.2.5 Where testing must be done at metal temperatures greater than 93 'C, and the test
pressures are calculated on the basis of an allowable stress, the test pressure must
be adjusted accordingly.
8.0 TESTING DATA, RECORDS AND COORDINATION
8.1
8.1.1
8.1.2
8.1.2.1
Testing Data
Testing schedules and diagrams, for all lines to be field tested, shall be prepared to
facilitate the grouping of lines and connected equipment (where permitted) in a
systems test. Such information shall be developed and prepared prior to
commencing with any testing. The testing schedules and diagrams shall be
approved in advance by OWNER.
The schedutes or diagrams shall contain the following information:
Individual Lines
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 13 OF 18

1m WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
(1) Line identification.
(2) Maximum test pressure.
(3) Minimum test pressure.
(4) Test medium to be used.
8.1.2.2 Connected Equipment
(1) Equipment identification.
(2) Maximum test pressure permitted and point of application.
8.1.2.3 System Testing
Note: The information required for system testing shall be presented by means of
marked-up mechanical flow diagrams.
(1) Identification of lines in each group.
(2) Identification of connected equipment in each group.
(3) Test medium to be used in each group.
(4) Test pressure to be used in each group and pOint of application.
(5) Location of test blinds in each group.
(6) Tie-in spool pieces shall be identified and tested separately from new piping.
8.1.3 Copies of data under Sections 8.1 and 8.2 herein shall be furnished as part of the
required job data. Copies shall be furnished for use by the OWNER.
8.2 Records of Test
Upon satisfactory completion of each field test, a record shall be made containing
the following information:
(1) Date of test.
(2) Identification of item(s) tested.
(3) Test medium.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 14 OF 18

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
(4) Test pressure.
(5) Am!Jient temperature.
(6) Approval signatures by both Contractor and OWNER.
Test records required by Code shall be given to an authorized Governmental and/or
Code Inspector who will in turn certify compliance to Code. This certification shall
also include a list of marked flow diagrams to indicate where blinds were used and
confirm that such blinds were removed or in the case where operational blinds were
used for testing that the blind part of such blinds was replaced with a spacer.
8.3 Coordination
8.3.1 OWNER shall be notified in advance of any field testing.
8.3.2 All field testing shall be witnessed by OWNER.
8.3.3 Where government or other codes require specific and/or referee witnessing of field
testing, OWNER will arrange for the presence of properly authorized Inspectors.
9.0 PRECAUTIONS, PREPARATIONS AND PROCEDURES
9.1 Precautions
9.1.1 The effect of hydrostatic head shall be considered when determining correct test
gauge reading and the safe and/or effective test pressure of any element within a
test system.
9.1.2 Caution shall be exercised in hydrostatic system testing to assure that the
simultaneous testing of large equipment and piping does not overload supporting
structures and foundations.
9.1.3 Any system under hydrostatic test shall be carefully observed and proper cautions
taken and procedures established to prevent over-pressuring of lines and equipment.
9.1.4 Hazards to personnel and property shall be minimized during pneumatic testing.
9.2 Preparations
9.2.1 For hydrostatic testing, the test pump discharge line shall be equipped with a
pressure relief valve set to relieve at not more than 34 kPa or 5 percent (whichever is
greater) above the permissible test pressure for the weakest component in the
system being tested.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 15 OF 18

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
9.2.2
9.2.3
9.2.4
9.2.5
9.2.6
9.2.7
9.2.8
9.2.9
9.2.10
9.2.11
9.2.12
9.2.13
9.2.14
9.2.15
For pneumatic testing, the supply line shall be equipped with a pressure relief valve
set to relieve at not more than 34 kPa or 5 percent (whichever is greater) above the
required test pressures.
Testing shall be carried out with permanent gaskets installed unless specified
otherwise or instructed by the Engineer-In-Charge.
No pressure test shall be carried out against closed valve unless proved by the
Engineer- In- Charge.
Before testing, all piping shall be cleaned by flushing to make it free from dirt, loose
scale, debris and other loose foreign material.
Instruments in the system to be tested, shall be excluded from the test by isolation or
removal, unless approved otherwise by the Engineering-In-charge.
All orifice plates shall be removed for testing.
Expansion joints that cannot be secured against deformation during hydrostatic test
shall be removed from piping system being tested.
Control valves shall not be included in the test system. Where bypasses are
provided test shall be performed through the bypass and / or necessary spool shall
be used in place of the control valve.
All joints welded, screwed or flanged shall be left exposed for examination during the
test. Before pressurising the lines, each weld jOints shall be cleaned by wire brush to
free it from rust and any other foreign matter.
When testing any piping system, air may be used as preliminary test to detect
missing gaskets etc. as this avoids the necessity of draining the line to make repairs.
Lines that are spring or counter-weight supported shall be blocked up during test in
order to sustain the hydrostatic load.
Before filling a system for testing, all piping and connected equipment shall be
thoroughly cleaned and flushed with clean water. When tests other than hydrostatic
are required, lines may be blown with steam or air.
All piping systems to be hydrostatically tested shall be vented at the high points and
the systems purged of air before the test pressure is applied.
Piping designed for vapour or gas shall be provided with additional temporary
supports, if necessary, to support the weight of the test liquid.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 16 OF 18

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
9.2.16
9.2.17
9.3
9.3.1
9.3.2
9.3.3
9.3.4
9.3.5
Before pressure testing, all lines and/or systems shall be inspected to insure
connected parts not to be included in the test are isolated.
At least two adequately ranged test gauges, calibrated prior to use and suitably
located, shall be connected to system being tested.
Procedures
Operational blinds may be used for field testing. Any other test blinds or blanks
required for field testing during initial construction shall be furnished by the
Contractor.
Field testing of piping shall be performed before insulation is applied. If insulation is
applied before field testing, all shop welds (excluding welds which have been shop or
mill hydrostatically tested), field welds and field jOints shall be left exposed until field
testing is complete.
Lines containing check valves should have the source of pressure located upstream
of the check valve. If this is not possible, the check valves should be either removed
or blanked off.
Piping, which must be removed to permit installation of test blinds or blanks, shall be
tested separately.
Underground lines requiring testing shall be tested before being backfilled, except:
(1) Where specified or approved by OWNER, lines may be partially backfilled
before testing provided all shop and mill welds not previously tested and all
field joints are left exposed.
(2) Where alternate slip (lap) joints, permitted by the piping and material service
specification for girth welds are used, the line may be backfilled before
hydrostatic testing if the joints are tested as follows:
(a) Make NPS 1/8" pipe tap between welds of each jOint.
(b) Pneumatically test each joint to 110 % of design pressure.
(c) Inspect both inside and outside welds with a soap solution.
(d) Depressure, plug and seal weld NPS 1/8" tap.
(e) Apply external coating to joint per job specification.
9.3.6 Where piping being tested extends beyond the process unit limit without flanges, it
shall be tested to the first block valve or set of flanges outside the unit limits. Care
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 17 OF 18

WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
shall be taken that lines tested beyond unit limits are able to withstand test pressure
to be used.
9.3.7 System under test shall be held at full test pressure for a period of not less than one
(1) hour. Following this one hour period, the system pressure shall be reduced to
the MAWP of the system and are all welds and joints. Visual examined system
inspection shall not commence until system pressure has been reduced to MAWP.
10.0 COMPLETION OF TESTING
10.1.1 Upon completion of test, the test pressuring manifold shall be immediately
disconnected from the system being tested.
10.1.2 All Vents and drains shall be opened before the system is to be drained and shall
remain open till all draining is complete, so as to prevent formation of vacuum in
the system. After draining, lines / systems shall be dried by air. All valves, orifice
plates, expansion joints, short pieces of piping and other excluded equipment shall
be installed. Valves that were closed solely for hydrostatic testing shall be opened.
After system has been drained, temporary pipe supports shall be removed.
10.1.3 Pressure test shall be considered complete only after approved by the Engineer -in
-Charge. Defects, if any, noticed during testing shall be rectified immediately and
retesting of the system / line shall be done by the contractor at his cost.
10.1.4 After testing is completed the test blinds shall be removed and equipments / piping
isolated during testing shall be connected using specific gaskets, bolts and nuts.
These connections shall be checked for tightness in subsequent Air tests to be
carried out by the contractor for complete loop / circuit including equipments (except
rotaryequipments).
10.1 .5 Air Test
When testing with air, pressure shall be supplied by means of a compressor. The
compressor shall be portable type with a receiver, after cooler and oil separator.
Entire piping system including line instruments (upto root valve) to be tested by air
shall have joints covered with a soap solution and the joints are examined for leak if
any.
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\SPECIFICATIONS\SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING\MASTER
COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007 _REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-SPC-0007
Page 18 OF 18

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC Services for Rewari-Kanpur
MH214S-COOO-PI-ITP-0001
30 April 2013
Raheja Plaza, First Floor
LBS Marg, Ghatkopar (West)
Mumbai - 400086 , India
Telephone: +91 2267818000
Fax: +91 22 67818080
© 2012Hydrocarbons
Pipeline
Inspection and Testing Plan for Valves

Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI- KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
INSPECTION AND TESTING PLAN FOR VALVES
SYNOPSIS
This document presents Inspection and Testing Plan for Valves for the EPMC Services for Rewari­
Kanpur Pipeline.
This report has been prepared on behalf of and for the exclusive use of HPCL, and is subject to
and issued in accordance with the agreement between HPCL and WorleyParsons.
WorleyParsons accepts no liability or responsibility whatsoever for it in respect of any use of or
reliance upon this report by any third party.
Copying this report without the permission of HPCL or WorleyParsons is not permitted.
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE PROJECT
REV DESCRIPTION ORIG
o ISSUED FOR USE
PISK
REVIEW
TELS
WORLEY·
PARSONS
APPROVAL
ARYV
DATE CLIENT DATE
APPROVAL
04 Mar 2013
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\MR FOR VALVES\WORKING\INSPECTION AND TESTING PLAN FOR
VALVES\MASTER COPy\MH2145-COOO-PI-ITP-0001_REV C.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-ITP-0001
Page 2 OF 5

11111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE
MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR CARBON STEEL BALL VALVES
APPENDIX B: SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED SOURCES OF MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT
AND THEIR AVAILABILITY (SUPPLIER TO COMPLETE)
Requisition No.
Requisition Title
Material I Equipment
: MH2145-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
: Material Requisition for Carbon Steel Ball Valves
Sub SUPPLIER I Country of Origin!
Manufacturer Name and Source
Location
N:\S13-MH-214S-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\MR FOR VALVES\MASTER\MH214S-COOO-PI­
RFQ-0001_REV O.DOC
MH214S-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
Delivery
Period to
SUPPLIER
Page 15 of 17

1111 Worley Parsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE
MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR CARBON STEEL BALL VALVES
APPENDIX C: COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
Bidder confirms that the offer is in total compliance with technical requirements of the Material
Requisition & there are no technical deviations. Bidder confirms that the deviations expressed
or implied anywhere in the offer shall not be considered valid.
The vender shall confirm below their acceptance of all the clauses contained in the
specification otherwise make clarifications or exceptions that shall be noted below:-
CLIENT: Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited VENDER REF. NO.
REF NO.
SPEC. REF. NO. CONFORMS YIN ALTERNATE YIN CLARIFICATION
APPENDIX D: FORMAT FOR DEVIATION LIST
N:\513-MH-2145-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\MR FOR VALVES\MASTER\MH2145-COOO-PI·
RFQ-0001_REV O.DOC
MH2145-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
Page 16 of 17

1111 WorleyParsons
resources & energy
EPMC SERVICES FOR REWARI-KANPUR PIPELINE
MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR CARBON STEEL BALL VALVES
DETAILED DEVIATION I EXCEPTION LIST
Exception Document Reference I Supplier Exception I Reason for Deviation
I Paragraph Deviation I Alternate
Deviation proposal
Number
N:\S13-MH-214S-RKPL\11 ENGINEERING\11.7 PIPING\MR FOR VALVES\MASTER\MH214S-COOO-PI­
RFQ-0001_REV O.DOC
MH214S-COOO-PI-RFQ-0001
Page 17 of 17